Table of Contents
(Mark One)
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 __________________________________________
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _______________________ to _____________________________
Commission file number 001-37717
SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
47-1210911
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway
Germantown, MD 20876-7005
(301) 515-7260
(Address and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class:
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
Trading Symbol
(s)
SENS
Name of Each Exchange on which Registered
NYSE American
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ⌧ No ◻
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ◻ No ⌧
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days. Yes ⌧ No ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ⌧ No ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ◻
Accelerated filer ◻
Non-accelerated filer ⌧
Smaller reporting company ☒ Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ⌧
As of June 30, 2020 the last business day of the registrant’s last completed second quarter, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant was approximately $74.4 million based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock, as reported by the NYSE American on such date.
As of February 26, 2021, 377,883,267 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Table of Contents
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial
risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in Part I, Item 1: “Business,” Part I, Item 1A:
“Risk Factors,” and Part II, Item 7: “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,”
but are also contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words
“may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,”
“predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue”, “target”, “seek”, “contemplate”, and “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or
other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown
risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be
materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we
have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report, we caution you that these statements
are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot
be certain. All statements other than statements of historical fact could be deemed forward‑looking, including but not limited to
statements about:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
the timing of, and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of, Eversense 180-day product in the
United States;
our ability to maintain regulatory approval of Eversense in the United States;
our ability to maintain regulatory approval of Eversense and Eversense XL in Europe;
the success of our collaboration and commercialization agreement with Ascensia Diabetes Care Holdings AG
(“Ascensia”);
the clinical utility of Eversense;
our ability to develop future generations of Eversense;
our ability to service our outstanding indebtedness;
the timing and availability of data from our clinical trials;
the timing of our planned regulatory filings;
our future development priorities;
our ability to obtain adequate reimbursement and third-party payor coverage for Eversense;
our expectations about the willingness of healthcare providers to recommend Eversense to people with diabetes;
our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;
our ability to comply with applicable regulatory requirements;
our ability to maintain our intellectual property position;
our estimates regarding the size of, and future growth in, the market for Continuous Glucose Monitoring systems;
effects of the COVID-19 pandemic;
our estimates regarding the period of time for which our current capital resources will be sufficient to fund our
continued operations; and
our estimates regarding our future expenses and needs for additional financing.
Forward-looking statements are based on our management's current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections
about our business and the industry in which we operate, and our management's beliefs and assumptions are not guarantees of
future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases
beyond our control. You should refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that
may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result
of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report will prove to be accurate.
Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant
uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or
any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. The forward-looking
statements in this Annual Report represent our views as of the date of this Annual Report. We anticipate that subsequent events
and developments may cause our views to change.
2
Table of Contents
However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we undertake no obligation
to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as
required by law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date
subsequent to the date of this Annual Report.
You should read this Annual Report and the documents that we reference in this Annual Report and have filed as
exhibits to this Annual Report completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different
from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this Annual Report to "the Company,"
"we," "our," "ours," "us" or similar terms refer to Senseonics Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary. "Senseonics," the Senseonics logo,
Eversense, Eversense XL and other trademarks or service marks of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. appearing in this Annual Report are
the property of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. This Annual Report contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of
others, which are the property of their respective owners.
3
Table of Contents
PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Matters
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
4
Page
5
26
65
65
65
66
66
67
67
83
84
124
124
125
126
126
126
126
127
127
131
132
Table of Contents
Item 1. Business
Overview
PART I
We are a medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of a long-term, implantable
continuous glucose monitoring, or CGM, system to improve the lives of people with diabetes by enhancing their ability to
manage their disease with relative ease and accuracy. Our Eversense and Eversense XL CGM systems are designed to continually
and accurately measure glucose levels in people with diabetes via an under-the-skin sensor, a removable and rechargeable smart
transmitter, and a convenient app for real-time diabetes monitoring and management for a period of up to 90 and 180 days,
respectively, as compared to seven to 14 days for non-implantable CGM systems. We believe that Eversense provides a more
convenient method of CGM by providing longer duration, superior accuracy, wireless communication, on-body vibratory alerts,
gentle-on-the-skin adhesive patch, data sharing capability, and a removable smart transmitter. The original Eversense CGM
system received a CE mark in June 2016, which marked the first approval for the product to be sold within the European
Economic Area. Subsequently, the extended life Eversense XL CGM system received its CE mark in September 2017 and is
currently available in select markets in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa, or EMEA. In June 2018, the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, or FDA, approved the Eversense CGM system and it is currently available throughout the United States. In June
2019, we received FDA approval for the non-adjunctive indication (dosing claim) for the Eversense system. With this approval
and the availability of a new app in December 2019, the Eversense system can now be used as a therapeutic CGM in the United
States to replace fingerstick blood glucose measurement to make treatment decisions, including insulin dosing.
Our focus on the development and approval of the extended life Eversense 180-day product for the U.S. market is
ongoing. On September 30, 2019, we completed enrollment of the PROMISE trial and had our last patient complete their 180-day
visit during the first quarter of 2020. The 181 participants in the trial had the Eversense sensor inserted subcutaneously at eight
sites across the United States where the safety and efficacy of the system was evaluated over a 180-day period. In the trial, we
observed performance matching that of the current Eversense 90-day product available in the United States, with a mean absolute
relative difference, or MARD, of 8.5%-9.6%. This result was achieved with reduced calibration, down to one per day, while also
doubling the sensor life to 180 days. Following the results of the PROMISE trial, on September 30, 2020, a Premarket Approval,
or PMA, supplement application to extend the wearable life of the Eversense CGM System to 180 days was submitted to the
FDA. If approved by the FDA, this new product would approximately double sensor duration of Eversense in the United States,
reducing by half the number of insertion and removal procedures required, and would provide more than 12 times longer sensor
duration than other CGM systems available in the United States. Following the submission of the PMA, we have received
communication from the FDA advising us that the reallocation of agency resources to address Emergency Use Authorization
(EUA) applications for products related to the COVID-19 public health emergency is affecting marketing application reviews,
including the Eversense 180-day product. Based on a February 19, 2021 communication, we understand that the FDA expects to
assign a reviewer, and that our PMA will be placed under review no later than April 15, 2021. Based on the passage of time and
this new expectation from the FDA, we are anticipating approval no earlier than the second half of the year and note that the
timing to completion and outcome of such a review is uncertain. If we receive a positive decision and product approval, we
expect to begin transitioning patients in the United States to the new 180-day Eversense product shortly thereafter. Further
reallocation of agency resources, shelter-in-place orders and other impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic are difficult to predict
and could alter or delay the timing of response by the FDA regarding our submission.
On February 26, 2020, we announced that the FDA approved a subgroup of PROMISE trial participants to continue for a
total of 365 days to gather feasibility data on the safety and accuracy of a 365-day sensor. This sub-set of 30 participants were left
undisturbed for 365 days with the goal of measuring accuracy and longevity over the full 365 days. Following information
gathered from this sub-set and continued development efforts, and pending developments at the FDA relating to the ongoing
COVID-19 pandemic, in the second half of 2021 we plan to seek Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, from the FDA to
explore the 365 day sensor in a clinical trial. If the IDE is approved in a timely manner, we would target to begin enrollment of a
clinical trial, which we also intend to include a pediatric population, in the first half of 2022.
5
Table of Contents
In April 2020, we announced that we received regulatory approval in Europe such that the Eversense XL is no longer
contraindicated for MRI, which means the sensor does not need to be removed from under the skin during MRI scanning. We had
previously obtained this indication for Eversense in the United States in 2019. This MRI approval is a first for the CGM category
as all other sensors are required to be removed during an MRI scan.
During 2020 we initiated a new commercialization strategy and collaboration to bring our product to market. As
described in detail below, in August 2020, we entered into a collaboration and commercialization agreement with Ascensia
Diabetes Care Holdings AG, or Ascensia, pursuant to which we granted Ascensia the exclusive right to distribute our 90-day
Eversense continuous glucose monitoring system and our 180-day Eversense continuous glucose monitoring system worldwide,
with certain initial exceptions. While Ascensia is responsible for sales, marketing, market access, patient and provider onboarding
and first level customer support, we remain responsible for product development and manufacturing, including regulatory
submissions, approvals and registrations and second level customer support.
2020 and Significant Recent Developments
COVID-19
On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization, or the WHO, announced a global health emergency because of a
new strain of coronavirus, or COVID-19, and the risks to the international community as the virus spreads globally. On March 11,
2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. In response to
the pandemic, many states and jurisdictions issued stay-at-home orders and other measures aimed at slowing the spread of the
coronavirus. The state of Maryland, where we are headquartered, has been affected by COVID-19. The Governor of Maryland
issued an order closing all non-essential businesses, which took effect on March 23, 2020. Although the state of Maryland is
gradually undergoing a phased reopening plan, substantially all of our workforce is still working from home either all or
substantially all of the time. Additionally, because our sensor requires an in-clinic procedure, we saw a reduction in access to
clinics and sensor insertions during the initial outbreak.
During the latter half of 2020, several new order requests from our distributors led to adjustments to concession
allowances previously provided to some of our customers in the United States to reflect actual product usage. While these trends
are promising, insertion volumes are still below pre-COVID-19 levels. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic infection rates in
the United States are still high, vaccine distribution has only just begun, and it is difficult to predict the longevity and severity
COVID-19 will have on our business.
Restructuring and Transition of Commercial Strategy
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic’s disruption to our operations, suppliers, employees, and the healthcare
community in which we sell to and support, and our limited cash resources, we made significant reductions in our cost structure
and operations to improve cash flow and generate future expenditure savings to ensure the long-term success of Eversense.
Specifically, in the first quarter of 2020, we temporarily suspended commercial sales and marketing of the Eversense CGM
System in the United States to new patients to solely focus our resources on supporting existing users, including ensuring broader
insurance coverage for Eversense, and the development and regulatory submission of our new 180-day Eversense product in the
United States. In connection with these actions, on March 26, 2020, we reduced our workforce by approximately 60%, over half
of which were sales personnel.
On August 9, 2020, we entered into a collaboration and commercialization agreement with Ascensia pursuant to which
we granted Ascensia the exclusive right to distribute our 90-day Eversense continuous glucose monitoring system and our 180-
day Eversense continuous glucose monitoring system worldwide for people with diabetes, with the following initial exceptions:
(i) until January 31, 2021, the territory did not include countries covered by our then existing distribution agreement with Roche
Diagnostics International AG and Roche Diabetes Care GmbH, which are the Europe, Middle East and Asia, excluding
Scandinavia and Israel, and 17 additional countries, including Brazil, Russia, India and China, as well as select markets in the
Asia Pacific and Latin American regions; (ii) until September 13, 2021, the territory does not include countries covered by our
current distribution agreement with Rubin Medical, which are
6
Table of Contents
Sweden, Norway and Denmark; and (iii) until May 31, 2022, the territory does not include Israel. Pursuant to the
Commercialization Agreement, in the United States, Ascensia began providing sales support for the 90-day Eversense product on
October 1, 2020 and the parties have been planning and making arrangements for Ascensia to ramp up sales activities and more
fully assume commercial responsibilities in the second quarter of 2021. The Eversense 180-day product is planned to be marketed
upon receipt of marketing approval from the FDA. In Germany, Italy and Switzerland, Spain, Poland and the Netherlands,
Ascensia assumed commercial responsibilities for Eversense XL beginning on February 1, 2021. For Sweden and Norway,
Ascensia will assume commercial responsibilities later this year. Ascensia is entitled to receive a portion of net revenue at
specified tiered percentages ranging from the mid-teens to the mid-forty’s based on levels of global net revenues. Ascensia is
obligated to achieve specified minimum annual revenue targets and meet specified levels of sales and marketing spend in order to
maintain its exclusive distribution rights. Ascensia purchases Eversense and Eversense XL from us at negotiated prices. We
remain responsible for product development and manufacturing, including regulatory submissions, approvals and registrations
and second level customer support, and Ascensia is responsible for sales, marketing, market access, patient and provider
onboarding and first level customer support. We have agreed to establish a joint alliance committee and joint marketing
committee, each with equal representation from each party, in order to collaborate.
Background
Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease for which there is no known cure. The disease is caused by the body's
inability to produce or effectively utilize the hormone insulin, which prevents the body from adequately regulating blood glucose
levels. If diabetes is not managed properly, it can lead to serious health conditions and complications, including heart disease,
limb amputations, loss of kidney function, blindness, seizures, coma and even death. According to the 2019 International Diabetes
Federation, or IDF, Atlas, an estimated 463 million people worldwide had diabetes as of the date of the report. The number of
people with diabetes worldwide is estimated to grow to 700 million by 2045, driven primarily by growth in type 2 diabetes and
due to various reasons, including changes in dietary trends, an aging population and increased prevalence of the disease in
younger people. Diabetes is typically classified into two primary types. Type 1 diabetes is an autoimmune disorder that usually
develops during childhood and is characterized by the inability of the body to produce insulin, resulting from destruction of the
insulin producing beta cells of the pancreas. Type 2 diabetes is a metabolic disorder that results when the body is unable to
produce sufficient amounts of insulin or becomes insulin resistant. People with type 1 diabetes must administer insulin, either by
injection or insulin pump, to survive. People with type 2 diabetes may require diet and nutrition management, exercise, oral
medications or the administration of insulin to regulate blood glucose levels. In the next few years, we expect the growth in sales
of CGM systems to be driven primarily by increased penetration of CGM in the type 1 patient population.
In an attempt to maintain blood glucose levels within the normal range, many people with diabetes seek to actively
monitor their blood glucose levels. The traditional self-monitoring of blood glucose, or SMBG, method of glucose monitoring
requires lancing the fingertips, commonly referred to as fingersticks, multiple times per day and night to obtain a blood drop to be
applied to a test strip inside a blood glucose meter. This method of monitoring glucose levels is inconvenient and can be painful
and, because each measurement represents a single blood glucose value at a single point in time, it provides limited information
regarding trends in blood glucose levels. In contrast, CGM systems are generally less painful and involve the insertion of sensors
into the body to measure glucose levels in the interstitial fluid throughout the day and night, providing real-time data that shows
trends in glucose measurements. As a result, CGMs improve glycemic control and quality of life, particularly in patients with type
1 diabetes treated with continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion or multiple daily insulin injection therapy, and support
avoidance of hypoglycemia.
Historically, the FDA and other device regulators required that CGMs be labeled and marketed as "adjunctive" to test-
strip measurements, with instructions that patients confirm CGM measurements with test-strip measurements using blood
obtained from fingersticks prior to self-medicating. However, given the broader clinical indications for the use of CGM systems,
including real-time alerts and multi-device integration, the FDA issued the first “non-adjunctive” label in 2016. In June 2019, an
updated Eversense CGM system received a non-adjunctive label from the FDA and can now be used as a replacement to
fingerstick glucose testing for treatment decisions. This non-adjunctive indication also enabled our pathway to access patients on
Medicare.
7
Table of Contents
In November 2019, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, finalized a national payment rate for
Eversense that was recently published in the calendar year 2020 Physician Fee Schedule Final Rule. The Eversense CGM system
became the first CGM technology to be reimbursed through the Part B Medical Services benefit for Medicare beneficiaries and
expands access to our product. In December 2020, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, released its
Calendar Year 2021 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule that establishes global payment for the device cost and procedure fees for
healthcare providers across the United States. This includes the establishment of national payment amounts for the three CPT©
Category III codes describing the insertion (CPT 0446T), removal (0447T), and removal and insertion (0048T) of an implantable
interstitial glucose sensor, which describes our Eversense CGM systems, as a medical benefit, rather than as part of the Durable
Medical Equipment channel that includes other CGMs
We are headquartered in Germantown, Maryland. The members of our management team have held senior leadership
positions at a number of medical technology and biopharmaceutical companies, including Abbott Diabetes Care, Medtronic and
Johnson and Johnson. Members of our team have contributed to the development, regulatory approval and commercialization of
several glucose monitoring systems and insulin pumps.
Commercial Strategy
We are in the process of transitioning to selling our product globally through Ascensia from selling directly to our
network of distributors and strategic fulfillment partners, who provide the Eversense CGM system to healthcare providers and
patients through a prescribed request and invoice insurance payors for reimbursement, as noted above in “2020 and Recent
Developments”. Sales of the Eversense CGM system are widely dependent on the ability of patients to obtain coverage and
adequate reimbursement from third-party payors or government agencies. Ascensia plans to leverage and target regions where we
have coverage decisions for patient device use and provider insertion and removal procedure payment.
In the first quarter of 2020, we temporarily suspended commercial sales and marketing of the Eversense CGM System in
the United States to new patients to solely focus our resources on supporting existing users. In connection with these actions, on
March 26, 2020, we reduced our direct sales organization that consists of sales representatives, clinical trainers, customer care,
and other specialists to educate, train, and support the patient and healthcare provider in their diabetes management with CGM
systems.
In the third quarter of 2020, we announced the formation of a strategic partnership with Ascensia, pursuant to which
Ascensia became the exclusive worldwide distribution partner for Senseonics CGM systems, including Eversense®,
Eversense® XL and future generations products. In the fourth quarter of 2020, Ascensia initiated U.S. marketing and sales
activities and full transition of commercial activities is expected in the second quarter of 2021, to include full marketing, market
access, sales, healthcare provider training and frontline patient and provider support responsibilities. Ascensia has begun
expanding its U.S. commercial organization and expects its initial U.S. staffing to be in place by the second quarter of 2021 in
support of Eversense.
Addressing reimbursement and access barriers has been a top priority for us and during 2020 we reached over 200
million covered lives in the U.S. through positive insurance payor coverage decisions. In 2020, we continued the Eversense
Bridge Program, a patient access program in the U.S. that provides financial assistance to eligible patients whose insurance
coverage either does not yet cover Eversense, or in cases where Eversense is covered but the patient’s co-insurance is limiting
their ability to adopt Eversense. Having played an important role in our journey to obtain broader payor policy and long-term
patient retention, the Eversense Bridge Program ended on December 31, 2020.We expect Ascensia, in consultation with the
company, to initiate a patient assistance program in the market once full commercial responsibility is transitioned in the near
future.
In our overseas markets, we had entered into distribution agreements that allow third-party collaborators with direct
sales forces and established distribution systems to market and promote Eversense XL primarily in the EMEA. These distribution
arrangements are in the process of being replaced by our collaboration with Ascensia. Our exclusive distribution agreement for
sales in Scandinavia and our exclusive distribution agreement with Roche Diabetes Care for
8
Table of Contents
sales in the rest of the EMEA, excluding Israel and Scandinavia, and in 17 additional countries, including Brazil, Russia, India,
and China, as well as select markets in the Asia Pacific and Latin American regions expire in 2021, with the Roche agreement
having expired January 31, 2021. Upon conclusion of each of these agreements, Ascensia is assuming commercialization
activities in select countries where Eversense XL has already launched, beginning February 1, 2021 for Germany, Italy,
Switzerland, Spain, Poland, and Netherlands. Roche will continue to support certain transition activities for approximately six
months in other markets. The transition of Rubin markets is planned to occur later in 2021.
Our net revenues are derived from sales of the Eversense CGM system which is sold in two separate kits: the disposable
Eversense Sensor Pack which includes the sensor, insertion tool, and adhesive patches, and the durable Eversense Smart
Transmitter Pack which includes the transmitter and charger.
Distribution Agreement with Roche Diabetes Care
On May 24, 2016, we entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with Roche Diagnostics International AG and
Roche Diabetes Care GmbH, or collectively, Roche. Pursuant to the agreement, as amended, we granted Roche the exclusive right
to market, sell and distribute Eversense in the EMEA, excluding Scandinavia and Israel. In addition, Roche had exclusive
distribution rights in 17 additional countries, including Brazil, Russia, India and China, as well as select markets in the Asia
Pacific and Latin American regions.
On December 12, 2019, we amended the distribution agreement to lower minimum volumes for 2020 and increase
pricing for the remaining period of the contract.
On November 20, 2020, we amended the distribution agreement and entered into a settlement agreement to facilitate
transition to Ascensia as Roche sales concluded on January 31, 2021, including final purchases and transition support activities,
and Roche’s obligation to purchase certain quantities of products at certain prices under the distribution agreement have now
terminated.
The distribution rights under the agreement expired January 31, 2021, subject to Roche providing certain transition and
wind-down services for approximately six months in markets where ADC is not initiating distribution.
Collaboration and Commercialization Agreement with Ascensia Diabetes Care Holdings AG
On August 9, 2020, we entered into a collaboration and commercialization agreement with Ascensia Diabetes Care
Holdings AG pursuant to which we have granted Ascensia the exclusive right to distribute the Company’s 90-day Eversense
continuous glucose monitoring system and our 180-day Eversense continuous glucose monitoring system worldwide for use in
people with diabetes, with the following initial exceptions: until January 31, 2021, the territory did not include countries covered
by our then existing distribution agreement with Roche Diagnostics International AG and Roche Diabetes Care GmbH, which are
the Europe, Middle East and Asia, excluding Scandinavia and Israel, and 17 additional countries, including Brazil, Russia, India
and China, as well as select markets in the Asia Pacific and Latin American regions; (ii) until September 13, 2021, the territory
does not include countries covered by our current distribution agreement with Rubin Medical, which are Sweden, Norway and
Denmark; and (iii) until May 31, 2022, the territory does not include Israel. Pursuant to the Commercialization Agreement, in the
United States, Ascensia began providing sales support for the 90-day Eversense product on October 1, 2020 and the parties have
been planning and making arrangements for Ascensia to ramp up sales activities and more fully assume commercial
responsibilities in the second quarter of 2021. Ascensia will receive a portion of net revenue at specified tiered percentages
ranging from the mid-teens to the mid-forty’s based on levels of global net revenues. Ascensia is obligated to achieve specified
minimum annual revenue targets and meet specified levels of sales and marketing spend. Ascensia will purchase Eversense and
Eversense XL from us at prices which have been negotiated based on parameters set forth in the commercialization agreement.
We are responsible for product development and manufacturing, including regulatory submissions, approvals and registrations
and second level customer support, and Ascensia is responsible for sales, marketing, market access, patient and provider
onboarding and level one customer support. We have agreed to establish a joint alliance committee and joint marketing
committee, each with equal representation from each party, in order to collaborate.
9
Table of Contents
Clinical Development and Regulatory Pathway
Overview
The Eversense XL CGM system received a CE mark in Europe in September 2017 and is being sold commercially in our
overseas markets. Our PRECISE II U.S. pivotal trial was completed during 2016. We received PMA approval from the FDA for
the Eversense system in June 2018 for up to 90 days and began selling commercially in the third quarter of 2018.
In September 2019, we announced the enrollment completion for the PROMISE pivotal trial to evaluate the safety and
accuracy of Eversense for a period of up to 180 days in the United States. In September 2020, we filed with the FDA a Premarket
Approval, or PMA, supplement application to extend the wearable life of the Eversense CGM System to up to 180 days. We are
also continuing to conduct a number of post-approval and feasibility studies.
United States Pivotal Trials
PRECISE II Trial
In 2016, we conducted our U.S. 90-day pivotal trial. The trial was a prospective, single-arm, multi-center trial designed
to determine the accuracy and safety of the Eversense system. Ninety subjects were enrolled in eight centers across the United
States. Eighty-seven of the ninety enrollees completed the 90-day trial.
The clinical trial population consisted of subjects at least 18 years of age who had a clinically confirmed diagnosis of
diabetes. Subjects who had a history of severe hypoglycemia, defined as hypoglycemia resulting in loss of consciousness or
seizure, or diabetic ketoacidosis, in the six months prior to the trial, were excluded from participation in the clinical trial.
Accuracy measurements were taken at 1 day, 30 days, 60 days, and 90 days post-insertion. These sensor measurements were
continued through the earlier of the failure of the sensor or 90 days post-insertion.
The purpose of this clinical trial was to evaluate the accuracy of Eversense measurements, measured by the Mean
Absolute Relative Difference, or MARD, when compared with bed-side blood glucose measurements obtained using the YSI
glucose analyzer over successive periods of 30 days through 90 days, as well as to assess the safety of Eversense. YSI in vitro
analyzers are bed-side instruments used in hospitals and clinics to accurately measure blood glucose levels and are commonly
used as comparators of glucose monitoring systems in clinical trials. MARD is a statistical calculation that measures the average
absolute value of the differences, expressed as a percentage, between glucose measurements taken from interstitial fluid based on
our CGM system and blood glucose measurements from YSI. The lower the MARD of a glucose monitoring system, the more
accurate the system and, therefore, the more reliable the system's readings.
During the trial, 75 subjects underwent unilateral sensor insertions and 15 subjects underwent bilateral sensor insertions
in the clinic and used Eversense’s smart transmitter and mobile app at home for the next 90 days. Subjects were blinded to the
real-time glucose readings and trends during home-use and sensor readings were not used to adjust their treatment. Clinic visits
were scheduled at approximately 30-day intervals in order to obtain lab reference glucose values for comparison with the sensor
values and to evaluate hyperglycemic and hypoglycemic challenges in a controlled setting.
In the trial, we observed a MARD of 8.8% for Eversense across the 40-400 mg/dL range when compared to YSI blood
reference values during the 90-day continuous wear period. We conducted a second study, the PRECISION study, to collect
supplementary data early in sensor life with two additional in-clinic visits in the first 30 days after insertion. Study participants
were able to see their real-time glucose readings during this study. The accuracy and safety observed in PRECISE II was
confirmed in this study. In addition, the data from PRECISE II study was also analyzed using an updated glucose calculation
algorithm which improved the MARD to 8.5%. Based on the data from both of these trials, we submitted a PMA application to
the FDA to market Eversense in the United States for 90-day use. On June 21, 2018, we received PMA approval from the FDA
for the Eversense system. We are distributing the Eversense system directly in
10
Table of Contents
the United States through our own direct sales and marketing organization. We have received Category III CPT codes for the
insertion and removal of the Eversense sensor.
PROMISE Trial
In December 2018, we began enrollment for the U.S. 180-day pivotal trial. The trial is a prospective, single-arm, multi-
center trial designed to evaluate the accuracy and safety of the Eversense system up to 180 days using the methods described
above for the 90-day system. Over 180 subjects were enrolled in eight centers across the United States. We completed enrollment
in September 2019 and had our last patient complete their 180-day visit during the first quarter of 2020.
The clinical trial population consists of subjects at least 18 years of age who have had a clinically confirmed diagnosis of
diabetes for at least one year. Subjects with a history of unexplained severe hypoglycemia, defined as hypoglycemia resulting in
loss of consciousness or seizure, or diabetic ketoacidosis, in the six months prior to the trial were excluded from participation in
the clinical trial. After screening, sensor(s) were inserted and accuracy measurements were taken at multiple visits during the first
30 days and then every 30 days to 180 days post-insertion or until sensor failure, if earlier than 180 days post-insertion. In the
trial, we observed performance matching that of the current Eversense 90-day product available in the United States, with a mean
absolute relative difference, or MARD, of 8.5%-9.6%. This result was achieved with reduced calibration, down to one per day,
while also doubling the sensor life to 180 days. Following the results of the PROMISE trial, on September 30, a Premarket
Approval Application Supplement, or PMA supplement to extend the wearable life of the Eversense CGM System to 180 days
was submitted to the FDA. If approved by the FDA, this new product would double sensor duration of Eversense in the United
States, reducing by half the number of insertion and removal procedures required, and would provide more than 12 times longer
sensor duration than other CGM systems available in the United States.
On February 26, 2020, we announced that the FDA approved a subgroup of PROMISE trial participants to continue for a
total of 365 days to gather feasibility data on the safety and accuracy of a 365-day sensor. This sub-set of 30 participants who all
had sensors with the modified chemistry were left undisturbed for 365 days with the goal of measuring accuracy and longevity
over the full 365 days. Following information gathered from this sub-set and continued development efforts, and pending
developments at the FDA relating to the ongoing the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, in the second half of 2021 we plan to seek
Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, from the FDA. If the IDE is approved in a timely manner, we would target to begin
enrollment of a clinical trial, in which we also intend to include a pediatric population, in the first half of 2022.
In April 2020, we announced that we received regulatory approval in Europe such that the Eversense XL is no longer
contraindicated for MRI, which means the sensor does not need to be removed from under the skin during MRI scanning. We had
previously obtained this indication for Eversense in the United States in 2019. This MRI approval is a first for the CGM category
as all other sensors are required to be removed during an MRI scan.
11
Table of Contents
Our Technology
Eversense consists of three primary components: a small sensor inserted subcutaneously under the skin by a healthcare
provider; an external removable smart transmitter that receives, assesses and relays data from the sensor and provides vibratory
alerts; and a mobile app that receives data from the transmitter and provides real-time glucose readings, alerts and other data on
the person's mobile device. All of these components work together to provide sensor glucose values, trends and alerts to a user's
mobile device within 20 milliseconds. We have designed this reliable, long-term and implantable CGM system to continually and
accurately measure a person's glucose levels for up to 180 days. Eversense requires twice daily fingerstick calibrations. In June
2019, we received FDA approval for the non-adjunctive indication for the Eversense system. With this approval, the Eversense
system can be used as a therapeutic CGM to replace fingerstick blood glucose measurement for dosing decisions and was
launched in December 2019.
We believe our implantable CGM system offers the following advantages to support the management of diabetes:
● Accuracy: Exceptional accuracy particularly in the low glucose range throughout the sensor life.
● Duration: Longest available sensor duration at 90 to 180 days.
● Convenience: Our Eversense CGM system supports the patient’s lifestyle; the smart transmitter is water resistant,
rechargeable and can be removed and replaced without disturbing the sensor, strong but gentle-on-skin adhesive
patches, wireless communication to patient’s mobile device or Apple Watch ®, including readings every five
minutes whether the patient has their mobile device or not, remote monitoring that can be shared with up to five
people, including health care providers, and tracking of meals and workouts for further diabetes treatment
management.
● Vibe Alerts: Added safety of an on-body vibration alert when low or high glucose threshold is reached, or
importantly before low or high threshold is reached, even when the mobile device is not nearby.
● Continuous Support: Patient and healthcare provider hotline support 24/7.
Sensor
The sensor is approved to be inserted under the skin, in the upper arm, and measures the glucose in the interstitial fluid.
These glucose levels are then communicated wirelessly to the smart transmitter. We have designed the sensor to last up to 180
days, as compared to other currently available CGM sensors labeled for use for between seven and 14 days.
The sensor consists of an optical system, known as a micro-fluorometer, encased in a rigid, translucent polymer capsule,
which is 3.3 mm in diameter and 15 mm in length. The capsule is coated with a glucose-indicating hydrogel that is bound to the
surface of the capsule through polymerization. This hydrogel is energized, or excited, by a light-emitting
12
Table of Contents
diode, or LED, contained in the optical system of the sensor, causing the hydrogel to fluoresce, or glow. Two photodiodes within
the optical system of the sensor measure the degree of fluorescence of the hydrogel, which is proportional to the level of glucose
present in the interstitial fluid. The sensor then communicates the amount of fluorescence via a near field communication, or
NFC, interface to the transmitter. NFC is a high frequency wireless communication technology that enables the exchange of data
and energy between devices over a short range. The sensor does not have a power source and remains electrically dormant
(powered off) between readings every five minutes, and it is remotely and discretely powered, as needed, by an inductive NFC
link between the sensor and the transmitter. On power-up, the LED source is energized for approximately five milliseconds to
excite the hydrogel.
Smart Transmitter
The removable smart transmitter is a rechargeable, external device that is worn over the sensor implantation site using a
daily adhesive patch. The transmitter supplies wireless power to the sensor through an inductive NFC link, which activates a
measurement sequence every five minutes. The transmitter then receives data from the sensor and calculates glucose
concentrations and trends. Based on these calculations and on the user's individual settings for glucose levels, the transmitter
determines if an alert condition exists, in which case the transmitter communicates the condition to the user through the mobile
app and through on-body vibration. The information from the transmitter is also transmitted for display to the user's mobile device
via Bluetooth Low-Energy, or BLE. Our transmitter is functional for at least 24 hours following a full charge and can be fully
charged in fifteen minutes.
Mobile App
Our mobile app is a software application that runs on both platforms; iOS mobile devices, including iPhones, iPads and
Apple Watches, and Android mobile devices. The mobile app receives information from the transmitter via BLE and displays that
information discreetly to the user. This user-friendly, intuitive app provides real-time glucose readings, alerts, trends, and graphs.
Within the mobile app, users can set alerts based on, among other things, glucose levels. The mobile app also allows for cloud-
based storage.
Future Product Development
We intend to continue to expand our line of product offerings to benefit people with diabetes and healthcare providers.
We expect these product development initiatives to include system modifications and next generation enhancements that we
believe will further increase the convenience and appeal of our products to the diabetes community.
We are focusing our future development efforts on enhancing current product offerings by reducing the twice daily
calibrations to once a day calibration, and further progressing to once per week calibration. Our next generation sensor under
feasibility testing now is designed to extend the sensor duration even longer at up to 365 days. We expect the next generation
sensor to support our goal of extending the market for long-term implantable CGM to include Type 2 patients not on intensive
insulin therapy. We are also developing our “Freedom” product variation to allow for a 2-in-1 glucose monitoring system
combining the functionality of CGM and Flash Glucose Monitoring, or FGM, in an implantable sensor that may be utilized with a
smart transmitter to get continuous glucose readings and alerts, or be utilized through a swipe over the sensor with a smart phone
to get on-demand glucose reading without a smart transmitter. We are seeking to ensure that we meet the growing and unique
needs of people with diabetes utilizing our core and proprietary sensor technology. The company’s technology also has potential
applications measuring analytes other than glucose, such as oxygen, and the company may consider opportunities for the
development or out-licensing of such applications.
Sales and Marketing
We are in the early commercialization stages of Eversense and are focused on driving awareness and adoption of our
CGM system amongst intensively managed patients and their healthcare providers. Building strong adoption with
13
Table of Contents
an implantable device requires a strong network of healthcare providers trained on the Eversense sensor placement procedure. In
the first few quarters of our commercial launch, our focus was ensuring the Endocrinology providers obtained the necessary
training needed to support their diabetes patients. In 2019, we began our second phase of establishing a large network of
Eversense proceduralists with the launch of the Certified Eversense Specialist, or CES, network. This group of healthcare
providers includes specialists who have strong familiarity with conducting in-office procedures such as dermatologists and plastic
surgeons. The CES network offers an alternative for healthcare providers who want to prescribe Eversense for their patients but
prefer to refer the procedure to a specialist.
As people with diabetes often consult with their healthcare providers about treatment options, we believe that educating
healthcare providers regarding the benefits of Eversense compared to SMBG and other currently available CGM systems is an
important step in promoting its use in people with diabetes. Our European experience and our feedback in the United States
indicates healthcare providers highly value the accuracy and sensor duration of our CGM system and the majority of physicians
surveyed considered the insertion process to be fairly simple or feasible. We intend to continue educating healthcare providers
and people with diabetes on the advantages of Eversense compared to SMBG and other currently available CGM systems.
As a result of our strategic partnership, Ascensia will be responsible for sales, marketing, market access, patient and
provider onboarding and level one customer support. We have established a joint alliance committee and joint marketing
committee, each with equal representation from each party, in order to collaborate.
Reimbursement
Coverage in the United States
In the U.S. market, it is essential to obtain third-party payor coverage policies, coding mechanisms, and adequate
payment for medical technology to expand market acceptance and adoption. CGM as a class of products has been broadly
accepted by commercial third-party payors, such as health insurers and health maintenance organizations, and more recently by
Medicare for patients who require the use of insulin to manage their diabetes. We approach the U.S. commercial third-party payor
community in efforts to establish coverage for Eversense. To date, approximately 200 million people in the United States may
have coverage and access to the Eversense via commercial or government (i.e., Medicare) payors.
Some commercial payors have denied coverage deeming Eversense as an “experimental and investigational” technology
electing to wait for further clinical evidence, more safety data, or time in market. We disagree with this position as the CGM class
has already proven to improve health outcomes and Eversense is another product that fits into the class. Additionally, in 2019 we
published several sets of real-world data, which show Eversense provides the same clinical benefits as other CGM systems and
has a favorable safety profile. However, until payment for the Eversense sensor placement becomes consistent, some patients will
be required to bear the financial cost for the placement of the sensor by their healthcare provider. As a result, some patients and
their healthcare provider may choose not to use Eversense on a widespread basis. Our patient access programs and patient appeals
support, including the Eversense Bridge Program, which was discontinued on December 31, 2020, have been key initiatives to
expanding payor policy and acceptance through case by case review and eventual denial overturn and we anticipate Ascensia
initiating select programs for this purpose. This can be a long process with varying results in each case but is a prudent step to
challenge payor positions of non-coverage given the strong evidence that supports CGM and Eversense.
Coverage Outside the United States
In countries outside the United States, coverage for CGM systems is obtained from various sources, including
governmental authorities, national healthcare systems, private health insurance plans, and hospital funds. Coverage systems in
international markets vary significantly by country and, within some countries, by region. Coverage approvals must be obtained
on a country-by-country, region-by-region or, in some instances, a case-by case basis. The responsibility for securing this
coverage resides with our third-party distributors in the respective markets.
14
Table of Contents
Manufacturing and Quality Assurance
We currently outsource the manufacturing of all components of the Eversense system to contract manufacturers across
North America and Europe. We plan to continue with an outsourced manufacturing arrangement for the foreseeable future. Our
contract manufacturers are all recognized in their field for their competency to manufacture the respective portions of our system
and have quality systems established that meet FDA and, to the extent required, international regulatory requirements. We believe
the manufacturers we currently utilize have sufficient capacity to meet our requirements. We believe that, as we increase our
demand in the future, our per unit costs will decrease materially.
We have received certification from BSI, our Notified Body to the International Standards Organization, or ISO, for our
quality system. This ISO 13485:2016 certification includes design control requirements. As a medical device manufacturer, the
facilities of our sterilization and other critical suppliers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and corresponding state and
foreign agencies. We believe that our quality systems and those of our suppliers are robust and achieve high product quality.
Typically, our outside vendors produce the components to our specifications and in many instances to our designs. Our
suppliers are audited periodically by our quality department to ensure conformity with the specifications, policies and procedures
for our devices. We believe that, if necessary, alternative sources of supply would be available in a relatively short period of time
and on commercially reasonable terms. Most of the raw materials we use in our manufacturing operations are available from more
than one source. However, we obtain certain raw materials principally from only one source. In the event one of these suppliers
was unable to provide the materials or product, we generally seek to maintain sufficient inventory to supply the market until an
alternative source of supply can be implemented. However, in the event of an extended failure of a supplier, it is possible that we
could experience an interruption in supply until we established new sources or, in some cases, implemented alternative processes.
Competition
The market for CGM systems is developing and competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new
product introductions. We compete with well-capitalized companies, some of which are publicly traded, that manufacture CGM
systems including Dexcom, Medtronic and Abbott. Each of these companies has received approval from the FDA to market their
respective CGM system. Dexcom’s CGM system was the first CGM system to be approved by the FDA for marketing as a non-
adjunctive device, and Abbott’s Freestyle Libre was also approved for non-adjunctive use. Both Dexcom (G6) and Abbott
(Freestyle Libre) systems have factory calibration, and do not require user calibration.
Dexcom has also received the first FDA iCGM indication allowing its Dexcom G6 to be interoperable with other
diabetes tech devices such as insulin pumps. As the industry evolves, we anticipate encountering increasing competition from
companies that integrate CGM with insulin pumps. Abbott also received an iCGM indication for their Freestyle Libre 2 product
and we expect all other CGM companies besides Dexcom to pursue an iCGM indication including Medtronic.
In addition to CGM providers, we also compete with providers of SMBG systems. Three companies currently account
for a substantial share of the worldwide sales of SMBG systems: Roche Diabetes Care, a division of Roche Diagnostics; Abbott;
and Ascensia Diabetes Care Holdings AG.
We may also compete with companies who are developing real-time intermittent sensing devices, low cost
transcutaneous CGM systems, fully implantable CGM devices and non-invasive CGM system to measure a user's glucose level.
There are also a number of academic and other institutions involved in various phases of our industry's technology development.
15
Table of Contents
Although we face potential competition from many different sources, we believe that our technology, knowledge,
experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages. The key competitive factors affecting the success of
Eversense are accuracy, duration, convenience, alert functionality, and customer support.
Many of the companies which we compete with have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research
and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing
approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic industries may
result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or earlier stage companies
may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established
companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and
establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or
necessary for, our development.
Intellectual Property
Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business. We rely on a combination of patents,
trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets as well as nondisclosure and assignment of invention agreements, material transfer
agreements, confidentiality agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights.
Patents
As of December 31, 2020, we held a total of approximately 519 issued patents and pending patent applications that
relate to our CGM system. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 90 issued United States patents, 254 patents issued in
countries outside the United States and 175 pending patent applications worldwide. Our patents expire between 2021 and 2043,
subject to any patent extensions that may be available for such patents. If patents are issued on our pending patent applications,
the resulting patents are projected to expire on dates ranging from 2021 to 2043.
Our patents and patent applications cover certain aspects of our core sensor technologies and our product concepts for
CGM systems. However, our patent applications may not result in issued patents, and any patents that have been issued or may be
issued in the future may not protect the commercially important aspects of our technology. Furthermore, the validity and
enforceability of our issued patents may be challenged by third parties and our patents could be invalidated or modified by the
issuing governmental authority. Third parties may independently develop technology that is not covered by our patents that is
similar to or competes with our technology. In addition, our intellectual property may be infringed or misappropriated by third
parties, particularly in foreign countries where the laws and governmental authorities may not protect our proprietary rights as
effectively as those in the United States.
The medical device industry in general, and the glucose testing sector of this industry in particular, are characterized by
the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on assertions of patent infringement. We are aware of
numerous patents issued to third parties that may relate to the technology used in our business, including the design and
manufacture of CGM sensors and CGM systems, as well as methods for continuous glucose monitoring. Each of these patents
contains multiple claims, any one of which may be independently asserted against us. The owners of these patents may assert that
the manufacture, use, sale or offer for sale of our CGM sensors or CGM systems infringes one or more claims of their patents.
Furthermore, there may be additional patents issued to third parties of which we are presently unaware that may relate to aspects
of our technology that such third parties could assert against us and materially and adversely affect our business. In addition,
because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be patent applications that are currently pending and
unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that third parties could assert against us and materially and adversely
affect our business.
Any adverse determination in litigations, post grant trial proceedings, including interference proceedings, at the Patent
Office relating to intellectual property to which we are or may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities to third
parties or require us to seek licenses from third parties, and result in the cancellation and/or invalidation of our intellectual
property. Furthermore, if a court finds that we have willfully infringed a third party's
16
Table of Contents
intellectual property, we could be required to pay treble damages and/or attorney fees for the prevailing party, in addition to other
penalties. Although intellectual property disputes in the medical device area are often settled through licensing or similar
arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements can be substantial and often require ongoing royalty payments. We may
be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to
redesign our products to avoid infringement; if we are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement, we may not receive
FDA approval in a timely manner. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary
licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which could have a significant adverse impact on our
business.
Trademarks
We have no pending U.S. trademark applications and 20 pending foreign trademark applications, as well as 14 U.S.
trademark registrations and 116 foreign trademark registrations.
Trade Secrets
We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive
position. We seek to protect such intellectual property and proprietary information by generally requiring our employees,
consultants, contractors, scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention
agreements upon the commencement of their employment or engagement as the case may be. Our agreements with our employees
prohibit them from providing us with any intellectual property or proprietary information of third parties. We also generally
require confidentiality agreements or material transfer agreements with third parties that receive or have access to our confidential
information, data or other materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that our employees and third
parties that have access to our confidential proprietary information will abide by the terms of their agreements. Despite the
measures that we take to protect our intellectual property and confidential information, unauthorized third parties may copy
aspects of our products or obtain and use our proprietary information.
Government Regulation
The Eversense system is a medical device subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA, CMS, the European
Commission, and regulatory bodies in other countries. Regulations cover virtually every critical aspect of a medical device
company's business operation, including research activities, product development, contracting, reimbursement, medical
communications, and sales and marketing. In the United States, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and the
implementing regulations of the FDA govern product design and development, preclinical and clinical testing, premarket
clearance or approval, product manufacturing, import and export, product labeling, product storage, recalls and field safety
corrective actions, advertising and promotion, product sales and distribution, and post-market clinical surveillance. Our business
is subject to federal, state, local, and foreign regulations, such as ISO 13485, ISO 14971, FDA's Quality System Regulation, or
QSR, contained in 21 CFR Part 820, and Directive 90/385/EEC concerning active implantable medical devices, as amended.
Regulation by the FDA
The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes according to the degree of risk the FDA determines to be
associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure the device’s safety and effectiveness. The
Eversense System is a Class III device and subject to pre-market approval application under section 515 of the FDCA in order to
obtain a marketing approval. A PMA application must be supported by valid scientific evidence that typically includes extensive
technical, preclinical, clinical, manufacturing and labeling data, to demonstrate to the FDA's satisfaction the safety and efficacy of
the device. A PMA application also must include a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description
of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling. After a PMA application is
submitted and found to be sufficiently complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information.
17
Table of Contents
New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling,
device specifications, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often
require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to
information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not
require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.
Any devices we manufacture and distribute pursuant to clearance or approval by the FDA are subject to pervasive and
continuing regulation by the FDA and certain state agencies. These include product listing and establishment registration
requirements, which help facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory actions. As a medical device manufacturer, all of our
manufacturing facilities are subject to inspection on a routine basis by the FDA. We are required to adhere to applicable
regulations setting forth detailed cGMP requirements, as set forth in the QSR, which require, manufacturers, including third-party
manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all
phases of the design and manufacturing process. Noncompliance with these standards can result in, among other things, fines,
injunctions, civil penalties, recalls or seizures of products, total or partial suspension of production, refusal of the government to
grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of devices, withdrawal of marketing approvals and criminal prosecutions. We believe
that our design, manufacturing and quality control procedures are in compliance with the FDA’s regulatory requirements.
We must also comply with post-market surveillance regulations, including medical device reporting, or MDR,
requirements which require that we review and report to the FDA any incident in which our products may have caused or
contributed to a death or serious injury. We must also report any incident in which our product has malfunctioned if that
malfunction would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.
Labeling and promotional activities are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the Federal
Trade Commission. Medical devices approved or cleared by the FDA may not be promoted for unapproved or uncleared uses,
otherwise known as “off-label” promotion. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the
promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant
liability, including substantial monetary penalties and criminal prosecution.
International Regulation
International sales of medical devices are subject to local government regulations, which may vary substantially from
country to country. The time required to obtain approval in another country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA
approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the
European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.
The European Union, or EU, has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical
trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted
laws and regulations that mirror those of the EU with respect to medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a
relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential
requirements of the applicable directives, or Essential Requirements, and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed
throughout the EU. To assist manufacturers in satisfying the Essential Requirements, the European standards organizations have
prepared European standards applicable to medical devices. These include harmonized international quality standards aimed at
ensuring that medical devices are correctly designed and manufactured. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on
the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment
by a "Notified Body." Notified Bodies are entities licensed (‘notified’) by the individual European member states to provide
independent certification of certain classes of medical device. They apply for and are designated to carry out this function by the
relevant national competent authorities, which carry out periodic assessment audits to determine whether the Notified Bodies
continue to satisfy the necessary requirements. A conformity assessment conducted by a Notified Body may consist of an audit of
the medical device manufacturer's quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer's product to ensure that the medical
device complies with the Essential Requirements. Once the appropriate conformity assessment procedure has been completed, the
manufacturer must draw up a written declaration of conformity and affix the CE mark to the device. The device can then be
marketed throughout the European Economic Area (being the EU, Norway, Iceland
18
Table of Contents
and Liechtenstein) or EEA. Notified Bodies perform surveillance and unannounced audits at the manufacturer and critical
suppliers with respect to the devices covered by the certificates issued by them. If non-conformities raised during the audits are
not timely remedied by the manufacturer, the Notified Body may (partially or wholly) suspend or withdraw the certificate
concerned. Additional local requirements may apply on a country-by-country basis. Outside of the European Union, regulatory
approval would need to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order for us to market our products.
All manufacturers placing medical devices into the market in the EEA must comply with the EU Medical Device
Vigilance System. Under this system, incidents must be reported to the relevant authorities of the Member States of the EEA, and
manufacturers are required to take Field Safety Corrective Actions, or FSCAs, to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in
the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market. An incident is defined as any
malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the
instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient or user or of other
persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health. An FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction
or retrofitting of the device. FSCAs must be communicated by the manufacturer or its legal representative to its customers and/or
to the end users of the device through Field Safety Notices.
In May 2017, the European Commission finalized and adopted the text of the Medical Device Regulation (EU)
2017/745, or the EU Medical Device Regulation, which will repeal and replace both Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical
devices and Directive 90/385/EEC concerning active implantable medical devices. The majority of the provisions in the EU
Medical Device Regulation were to apply from Spring 2020, however, the enforcement has been postponed by a year due to the
COVID-19 pandemic. The current CE certificate will continue to be in effect, while the Company works to ensure compliance
with the EU Medical Device Regulation and transitions the CE certificate from current 90/385/EEC Directive to MDR.
Other Regulatory Requirements
Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed in commercial distribution, numerous regulatory
requirements apply. These include:
establishment registration and device listing;
●
● QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing,
production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance
procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;
● MDR regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or
●
●
contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or
serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;
voluntary and mandatory device recalls addressing problems when a device is defective and could be a risk to
health; and
corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections
and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation
of the FDCA that may present a risk to health.
Also, the FDA requires us to conduct Post Approval Studies (post-market surveillance studies) and establish and
maintain a system for tracking our products through the chain of distribution to the patient level. The FDA and applicable
regulatory agencies enforce regulatory requirements by conducting periodic, unannounced inspections and market surveillance.
Inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.
Moreover, the FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of medical products. Medical
products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label,
although physicians, in the practice of medicine, may prescribe approved medical products for unapproved indications.
Companies may also share truthful and not misleading information that is otherwise consistent with the labeling. The FDA and
other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of
19
Table of Contents
off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.
In the United States, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement actions by the
FDA and other regulatory agencies. These may include any of the following sanctions or consequences:
● warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action;
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
fines and civil penalties;
unanticipated expenditures;
delays in approving or refusal to approve future products;
FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries;
suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval;
product recall or seizure;
interruption of production;
operating restrictions;
injunctions; and
criminal prosecution.
In the European Union, member states are responsible for enforcing the EU’s medical device rules and for ensuring that
only compliant medical devices are placed on the market or put into service in their jurisdictions. They have powers to suspend
the marketing and use, or demand the recall, of unsafe or non-compliant devices. They also have the power to bring enforcement
action against companies or individuals for breaches of the device rules. Non-compliance may also result in Notified Bodies
revoking any certificate of conformity that they have issued for a device or the manufacturer’s quality system.
Our contract manufacturers, specification developers and some suppliers of components or device accessories, also are
required to manufacture our products in compliance with current good manufacturing practice requirements set forth in the QSR.
The QSR requires a quality system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation and servicing of
marketed devices, and it includes extensive requirements with respect to quality management and organization, device design,
buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components or services, production and process controls, packaging and labeling
controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing, and record keeping. The FDA evaluates
compliance with the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of our
subcontractors. If the FDA believes that any of our contract manufacturers or regulated suppliers are not in compliance with these
requirements, it can shut down such manufacturing operations, require recall of our products, refuse to approve new marketing
applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize products, enjoin future violations or assess civil and criminal penalties
against us or our officers or other employees.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and Similar Foreign and State Laws and Regulations Affecting the
Transmission, Security and Privacy of Health Information
We may also be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which
we conduct our business. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health
Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations,
imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.
Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA's security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as service
providers of covered entities, which include certain healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, that create,
receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered
entity, and their covered subcontractors. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys
general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek
attorneys' fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Accordingly, state attorneys general (along with private
plaintiffs) have brought civil actions seeking injunctions and damages resulting from alleged violations of HIPAA’s privacy and
20
Table of Contents
security rules. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many
of which differ from HIPAA and each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect.
On April 5, 2017, the European Parliament passed the Medical Devices Regulation, which repeals and replaces the EU
Medical Devices Directive. Unlike directives, which must be implemented into the national laws of the EEA member States, the
regulations would be directly applicable (i.e., without the need for adoption of EEA member State laws implementing them) in all
EEA member States and are intended to eliminate current differences in the regulation of medical devices among EEA member
States. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and
sustainable regulatory framework across the EEA for medical devices and in vitro diagnostic devices and ensure a high level of
safety and health while supporting innovation.
The Medical Devices Regulation will however only become applicable three years after publication in May 2020. Once
applicable, the new regulations will among other things:
●
●
●
●
●
strengthen the rules on placing devices on the market and reinforce surveillance once they are available;
establish explicit provisions on manufacturers' responsibilities for the follow-up of the quality, performance and
safety of devices placed on the market;
improve the traceability of medical devices throughout the supply chain to the end-user or patient through a unique
identification number;
set up a central database to provide patients, healthcare professionals and the public with comprehensive
information on products available in the EU; and
strengthen rules for the assessment of certain high-risk devices, such as implants, which may have to undergo an
additional check by experts before they are placed on the market.
These modifications may have an impact on the way we design and manufacture products and the way we conduct our
business in the EEA.
In the European Union (and, specifically the European Economic Area) (EU/EEA), the General Data Protection
Regulation (2016/679), or GDPR, went into effect on May 25, 2018 and replaced Directive 95/46/EC (the EU Privacy Directive).
The GDPR applies to personal data about identified or identifiable data subjects processed by automated means and data
contained in, or intended to be part of, non-automated filing systems (traditional paper files) as well as transfer of such data to a
country outside of the EU/EEA. Under the GDPR, fines of up to €20.0 million or up to 4% of the annual global turnover of the
infringer, whichever is greater, could be imposed for certain categories of infractions that constitute significant non-compliance.
The GDPR includes more stringent operational requirements for data processors and data controllers and creates additional rights
for data subjects. Additionally, in January 2020, the United Kingdom withdrew from the European Union, commonly referred to
as “Brexit”. The implications of Brexit and the future trading relationship between the United Kingdom and the EU are still
uncertain and could lead to further legislative and regulatory changes. In March 2017, the United Kingdom began the process to
leave the EU by April 2019. While the Data Protection Act of 2018, that “implements” and complements the GDPR has achieved
Royal Assent on May 23, 2018 is now effective in the United Kingdom, it is still unclear whether transfer of data from the EEA to
the United Kingdom will remain lawful under GDPR. We may incur liabilities, expenses, costs, and other operational losses
under GDPR and applicable EU Member States and the United Kingdom privacy laws in connection with any measures we take
to comply with them.
Additionally, California recently enacted legislation, effective January 1, 2020, that has been dubbed the first “GDPR-
like” law in the United States. Known as the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, it creates new individual privacy rights
for consumers (as that word is broadly defined in the law) and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities
handling personal data of consumers or households. The CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to
California consumers, provide such consumers new ways to opt-out of certain sales of personal information, and allows for new
causes of action for data breaches. As currently written, the CCPA could impact our business activities and is an example of the
type of activity in an evolving regulatory environment related to personal data and protected health information that could
continue to affect our operations.
21
Table of Contents
Fraud and Abuse Laws
In addition to FDA restrictions, there are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse,
including anti-kickback laws and physician self-referral laws. Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties
are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by significant criminal, civil, and administrative
sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs,
including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs.
Federal Anti-Kickback and Self-Referral Laws
The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or
providing remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce either the
referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made
under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term
"remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including such items as gifts, discounts, the furnishing
of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, waiver of payments and providing anything at less than its fair market value.
Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from
prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly and require strict compliance to provide protection. Practices
that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject
to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable
statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute.
Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a review of all its relevant facts and
circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute's intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement
involving remuneration is to induce referrals of (or purchases, or recommendations related to) federal healthcare covered
business, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been implicated and potentially violated.
The penalties for violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include imprisonment for up to ten years, criminal fines of
up to $100,000 per violation, possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and other
penalties, including significant civil monetary penalties and integrity oversight and reporting obligations to resolve allegations of
non-compliance. Many states have adopted prohibitions similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which do not have
the same exceptions or safe harbors and apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not only
by the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Further, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or, collectively, PPACA. Specifically, as
noted above, under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the government must prove the defendant acted "knowingly" to prove a
violation occurred. The PPACA added a provision to clarify that with respect to violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute,
"a person need not have actual knowledge" of the statute or specific intent to commit a violation of the statute. This change
effectively overturns case law interpretations that set a higher standard under which prosecutors had to prove the specific intent to
violate the law. In addition, the PPACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the
federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.
Federal law also includes a provision commonly known as the "Stark Law," which prohibits a physician from referring
Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing "designated health services," including a company that furnishes durable
medical equipment, in which the physician has an ownership or investment interest or with which the physician has entered into a
compensation arrangement. Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements
received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental
programs. We believe that we have structured our provider arrangements to comply with current fraud and abuse law
requirements.
Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our
ability to operate in these jurisdictions.
22
Table of Contents
Additionally, as some of these laws are still evolving, we lack definitive guidance as to the application of certain key
aspects of these laws as they relate to our arrangements with providers with respect to patient training. As a result, our provider
and training arrangements may ultimately be found to be not in compliance with applicable federal law.
Federal False Claims Act & HIPAA
The federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person
whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal
government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, amendments in 1986 to
the federal False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring "qui tam" whistleblower lawsuits against companies
under the federal False Claims Act. Penalties include significant civil monetary penalties for each false claim, plus three times the
amount of damages that the federal government sustained because of the act of that person. Qui tam actions have increased
significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines, be
excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs, or be subject to integrity oversight and reporting
obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, as a result of an investigation arising out of such action.
There are other federal anti-fraud laws that that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or
attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and
willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare
offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false,
fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.
Additionally, HIPAA established two federal crimes for healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare
matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit
program, including private payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or
covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or
payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of either of these statutes is a felony and may result in fines,
imprisonment, exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs, or integrity oversight and
reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance.
Civil Monetary Penalties Law
In addition to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the civil and criminal false claims laws, including the federal False
Claims Act, the federal government has the authority to seek civil monetary penalties, or CMPs, assessments, and exclusion
against an individual or entity based on a wide variety of prohibited conduct. For example, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law
authorizes the imposition of substantial CMPs against an entity that engages in activities including, but not limited to: (1)
knowingly presenting or causing to be presented, a claim for services not provided as claimed or which is otherwise false or
fraudulent in any way; (2) knowingly giving or causing to be given false or misleading information reasonably expected to
influence the decision to discharge a patient; (3) offering or giving remuneration to any beneficiary of a federal health care
program likely to influence the receipt of reimbursable items or services; (4) arranging for reimbursable services with an entity
which is excluded from participation from a federal health care program; (5) knowingly or willfully soliciting or receiving
remuneration for a referral of a federal health care program beneficiary; or (6) using a payment intended for a federal health care
program beneficiary for another use. Noncompliance can result in significant civil money penalties for each wrongful act,
assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or service and exclusion from the federal healthcare programs.
State Fraud and Abuse Provisions
Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and a false claims act, some of which
apply regardless of source of payment and do not have the same exceptions as the federal laws. We believe that
23
Table of Contents
we are in conformance to such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties
and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.
Physician Payments Sunshine Act
Transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to healthcare providers and teaching hospitals
may also impact our business practices. The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act requires most medical device manufacturers
to report annually to CMS financial arrangements, payments, or other transfers of value made by that entity to physicians (defined
to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals. Beginning in 2022, applicable
manufacturers also will be required to report information regarding payments and other transfers of value provided to physician
assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists, anesthesiologist assistants and
certified nurse midwives during the previous year. The payment information is made publicly available in a searchable format on
a CMS website. Over the next several years, we will need to dedicate significant resources to establish and maintain systems and
processes in order to comply with these regulations. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant
civil monetary penalties. Similar laws have been enacted or are under consideration in many states and foreign jurisdictions.
Healthcare Reform
Federal and state governments continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to contain or
reduce the cost of healthcare. Such new laws may result in decreased reimbursement for medical devices, which may further
exacerbate industry-wide pressure to reduce the prices charged for medical devices. For example. in March 2010, the PPACA,
was enacted, which substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, encourages
improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services and significantly impacts the medical device industry. In the years
since its enactment, there have been significant developments in, and continued legislative activity around, attempts to repeal or
repeal and replace the PPACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, several bills affecting the
implementation of certain taxes under the PPACA have been signed into law. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or Tax Act,
included a provision which repealed, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the
PPACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred
to as the “individual mandate”. Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminated, effective January 1,
2020, the PPACA-mandated medical device tax and the “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage and,
effective January 1, 2021, also eliminated the health insurer tax. On December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled
that the PPACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax
Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District
Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine
whether the remaining provisions of the PPACA are invalid as well. The U.S. Supreme Court is currently reviewing the case,
although it is unknown when a decision will be made. Further, it is unclear how the Supreme Court ruling, other such litigation,
and the healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration will impact the PPACA.
Brexit and the Regulatory Framework in the United Kingdom
On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom, or UK, formally withdrew from the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit”.
The United Kingdom and the EU are currently in a transition period during which the United Kingdom and the EU are negotiating
additional arrangements, including their future trading arrangement. In December 2020, the U.K. and E.U. agreed on a trade and
cooperation agreement that will apply provisionally after the end of the transition period until it is ratified by the parties to the
agreement. On December 31, 2020, the U.K. passed legislation giving effect to the trade and cooperation agreement, with the
E.U. expected to formally adopt the agreement in early 2021. The agreement sets out certain procedures for approval and
recognition of medical products in each jurisdiction. Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws
and regulations as the UK determines which EU laws to replace or replicate and may create logistical complications with respect
to the movement and delivery of our products, which undergo certain manufacturing steps in the United Kingdom. Given the lack
of comparable precedent, it is unclear what financial, trade, regulatory and legal implications the withdrawal of the UK from the
EU would have and how such withdrawal would affect us. Several of our contract manufacturers are located in the UK. Any of
these effects of Brexit,
24
Table of Contents
among others, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In the longer term, Brexit could
materially impact the future regulatory regime which applies to medical devices and their approval in the UK.
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering,
promising, authorizing or making corrupt payments, gifts or transfers to any foreign government official, government staff
member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business abroad. The FCPA also obligates
companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to
maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international
subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations. Activities
that violate the FCPA, even if they occur wholly outside the United States, can result in criminal and civil fines, imprisonment,
disgorgement, oversight, and debarment from government contracts.
UK Bribery Act and other anti-corruption laws
The UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable ant-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business,
generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or
indirectly, improper or prohibited payments, or anything else of value, to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain
business or gain some other business advantage. Under the UK’s Bribery Act, we may also be liable for failing to prevent a
person associated with us from committing a bribery offense.
We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations
administered by the governments of the UK and authorities in the EU, including applicable export control regulations, economic
sanctions and embargoes on certain countries and persons, anti-money laundering laws, import and customs requirements and
currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as trade control laws. Failure to comply with the UK’s Bribery Act, and
other anti-corruption laws and trade control laws could subject us to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other
sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2020, we had 82 employees, of whom over half hold Ph.D., M.D., master’s degree or other post-
graduate degree, and all of whom are located in the United States. The majority of employees are in operations and research and
development positions aligned with our corporate focus. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a
collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
We compete in the highly competitive medical technology industry. We believe that our future success largely depends
upon our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees, as well as highly qualified management and technical
personnel. Employee engagement is important to us and we focus on continuously enhancing our corporate culture and individual
development programs. We have surveyed our employees around culture, engagement, work environment, communication and
other topics and work to incorporate and respond to their feedback. We expect to conduct similar survey and response efforts in
the future. We conduct frequent company calls in an effort to update all employees on what is happening in various departments
to ensure our employees understand our strategic vision as well as our day-to-day objectives. We provide our employees with
market competitive pay and bonuses, opportunities for equity ownership, professional development and training programs that
enable continued learning and growth and a robust employment package that seek to promote well-being across all aspects of our
employees’ lives, including health care, retirement planning and paid time off. Our equity plans include an employee stock
purchase plan and restricted stock units granted under our broad-based stock incentive programs.
Through our history of technological innovation, we appreciate the importance of retention, growth and development of our
employees. We continue to be committed to an inclusive culture which values diversity, equality, opportunity, and respect.
25
Table of Contents
Corporate Information
We were originally incorporated as ASN Technologies, Inc. in Nevada on June 26, 2014. On December 7, 2015,
pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, or the Acquisition, we acquired Senseonics,
Incorporated, a medical technology company focused on the design, development and commercialization of glucose monitoring
systems to improve the lives of people with diabetes by enhancing their ability to manage their disease with relative ease and
accuracy. From its inception in 1996 until 2010, Senseonics, Incorporated devoted substantially all of its resources to researching
various sensor technologies and platforms. Beginning in 2010, the company narrowed its focus to designing, developing and
refining a commercially viable glucose monitoring system.
In connection with the Acquisition, we reincorporated in Delaware and changed our name to Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
Upon the closing of the Acquisition, Senseonics, Incorporated merged with a wholly owned subsidiary of ours formed solely for
that purpose and became our wholly owned subsidiary.
Our principal executive offices are located at 20451 Seneca Meadows Parkway, Germantown, Maryland 20876-7005
and our telephone number is (301) 515-7260. Our common stock is listed on the NYSE American under the symbol “SENS.”
Available Information
Our website address is www.senseonics.com. In addition to the information contained in this Annual Report,
information about us can be found on our website. Our website and information included in or linked to our website are not part
of this Annual Report.
Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to
those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are
available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished
to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Additionally the SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy
and information statements and other information. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information
contained in this Annual Report, as well as general economic and business risks, together with any other documents we file with
the SEC. If any of the following events actually occur or risks actually materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
Summary of Risks Affecting Our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks. The following summary highlights some of the risks you should consider with
respect to our business and prospects. This summary is not complete, and the risks summarized below are not the only risks we
face. You should review and consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K, which includes a more complete discussion of the risks summarized below as well as a discussion of other
risks related to our business and an investment in our common stock, as well as our other public filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or SEC.
26
Table of Contents
Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations
and prospects and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline:
● We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will ever achieve or sustain
profitability. Our results of operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter or year to year.
● Our actual operating results may differ significantly from any guidance provided. If our actual results of operations fall
below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline significantly.
● Medical device development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur
additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, ongoing development for
lifecycle management of our products.
● Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable
requirements could cause our business to suffer. In particular, the FDA regulatory clearance process is expensive, time-
consuming and uncertain, and the failure to obtain and maintain required regulatory clearances and approvals could
prevent us from commercializing Eversense and future versions of Eversense.
●
● We expect that a substantial majority of our future revenue will result from our collaboration and commercialization
agreement with Ascensia. If Ascensia fails to perform satisfactorily under this agreement, including among other things
if they are delayed or unsuccessful in growing the adoption of our product, our commercialization efforts and financial
results would be directly and adversely affected.
The COVID-19 pandemic has, and may continue to, materially affect our operations, including at our headquarters in
Maryland and at our clinical trial sites, as well as the business and operations of our manufacturers, distributors or other
third parties with whom we conduct business. We are unable to predict the extent to which the pandemic and related
restrictions will impact our business, operations, financial performance and the achievement of our strategic objectives.
Failure to secure or retain coverage or adequate reimbursement for Eversense or future versions of Eversense systems,
including the related insertion and removal procedures, by third-party payors could adversely affect our business,
financial condition and operating results.
The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, and our primary competitors, as well as a number of other
companies, medical researcher and existing medical device companies, are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery
technologies, sensing technologies, procedures, drugs and other therapies for the monitoring, treatment and prevention
of diabetes. Any technological breakthroughs in diabetes monitoring, treatment or prevention could reduce the potential
market for Eversense or render Eversense less competitive or obsolete, which would significantly reduce our potential
sales.
●
●
● We have limited operating history as a commercial-stage company and may face difficulties encountered by companies
early in their commercialization in competitive and rapidly evolving markets.
● Our stock price has been highly volatile and may continue to be highly volatile. The stock market in general and the
market for innovative, emerging medtech and biotechnology companies in particular, has experienced volatility that has
often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. We cannot predict the action of market
participants and, therefore, can offer no assurances that the market for our common stock will be stable or appreciate
over time.
● Our operating results are subject to significant fluctuations.
● We contract with third parties for the manufacture of Eversense. Risks associated with the manufacturing of our
products, loss of key suppliers or disruption to their facilities could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our
operating results.
● We operate in a regulated industry and our business, operations and the business and operations of our third-party
manufacturers are subject to various foreign, U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those
promulgated by the FDA and equivalent foreign regulatory agencies, among others. Failure to comply with applicable
laws and regulations should harm our business and we may incur significant expenditures related to compliance efforts.
● Holders of the convertible preferred stock and convertible notes may exert substantial influence over us and may
exercise their control in a manner adverse to the interests of our common stockholders.
27
Table of Contents
Risks Relating to our Business and our Industry
We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will ever achieve or sustain
profitability.
Since our inception, we have incurred significant net losses, including net losses of $175.2 million, $115.5 million, and
$94.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an
accumulated deficit of $648.5 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of our equity securities
and debt financings. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the research and development of our products,
including conducting clinical trials, and the commercial launch of Eversense in the United States and Eversense and Eversense
XL in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA).
To implement our business strategy we need to, among other things, gain regulatory approval in other regions where we
intend to sell our products, expand our commercial launch in the United States and Europe, and develop future generations of
Eversense. We have never been profitable and do not expect to be profitable for at least the next several years. We expect our
expenses to increase significantly as we pursue these objectives. The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of
profitability are highly uncertain, and we expect to continue incurring expenses and operating losses over the next several years.
Any additional operating losses may have an adverse effect on our stockholders' equity, and we cannot assure you that we will
ever be able to achieve profitability. Even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a
quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our company and could impair
our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, obtain regulatory approvals, diversify our
product offerings or continue our operations.
Our collaboration and commercialization agreement with Ascensia to market Eversense may not be successful.
We have entered into a collaboration and commercialization agreement with Ascensia, pursuant to which we have
granted Ascensia the exclusive right to distribute Eversense worldwide, subject to initial exceptions based on our other current
exclusive distribution agreements. Pursuant to this agreement, our future success will be dependent on Ascensia effectively
marketing and selling Eversense. We expect that the substantial majority of our future revenue will come pursuant to this
agreement in future years. If Ascensia fails to perform satisfactorily under this agreement, including among other things if they
are delayed or unsuccessful in growing the adoption of our product, our commercialization efforts and financial results would be
directly and adversely affected.
The agreement is terminable by Ascensia under a number of circumstances, including if Eversense 180-day product is
not approved in the United States by August 31, 2021 or if we undergo a change of control. The agreement is terminable by either
party if the other party materially breaches its obligations under the agreement; provided, however, that if Ascensia is unable to
achieve the specified minimum spending or revenue targets described above, then we will only have the right to covert Ascensia’s
exclusive rights to nonexclusive rights, which may make it difficult for us to successfully engage with another commercial
partner. The agreement is also terminable by either party if the other party undergoes bankruptcy, dissolution or winding up.
We cannot guarantee this agreement with Ascensia will be successful, that it will continue, or that we will be able to
achieve or maintain any particular volume of sales under the agreement or increase the volume of sales at a satisfactory pace or at
all from this relationship in the future.
Our collaboration and commercialization agreement with Ascensia and the terms of our recent debt and preferred stock
transactions may discourage a change of control of our company.
The terms of our agreements with Ascensia and PHC may discourage a third party from acquiring, or attempting to
acquire, control of our company, even if a change of control was considered favorable by some or all of our stockholders. For
example, because of the exclusivity of the distribution arrangements with Ascensia and the minimum five-year term of that
exclusivity (which may be extended under certain circumstances), prospective strategic acquirors may be unwilling to undertake
an acquisition of our company. In addition, under the terms of the PHC Notes
28
Table of Contents
and our convertible preferred stock, we may be required to make significant payments to redeem these notes and to satisfy
liquidation preference of our convertible preferred stock upon a change of control.
Our business, product sales and results of operations could be adversely affected by the effects of health epidemics, including
the recent COVID-19 outbreak, in regions where we or third parties distribute our products or where we or third parties on
which we rely have significant manufacturing facilities, concentrations, clinical trial sites or other business operations. The
COVID-19 pandemic has and may continue to, materially affect our operations, including at our headquarters in Maryland
and at our clinical trial sites, as well as the business or operations of our manufacturers, distributors or other third parties
with whom we conduct business.
Our business could be adversely affected by health epidemics in regions where we sell products, where we have
concentrations of clinical trial sites or other business operations, and could cause significant disruption in the operations of third-
party manufacturers and distributors upon whom we rely.
For example, in December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, causing a disease referred to as COVID-
19, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, COVID-19 has spread to multiple countries, including the United
States and several European countries. Our headquarters is located in Maryland, and our contract manufacturers are located in
Germany, the United Kingdom and the United States. Our distributors are located in the United States and various countries in
Europe.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic, and the U.S. government
imposed travel restrictions on travel between the United States, Europe and certain other countries. Further, the President of the
United States declared the COVID-19 pandemic a national emergency, invoking powers under the Stafford Act, the legislation
that directs federal emergency disaster response. Similarly, the Governor of Maryland has issued an order closing all non-
essential businesses, which took effect on March 23, 2020. Substantially all of our workforce is now working from home either
all or substantially all of the time. The effects of the Maryland order and our work-from-home policies may negatively impact
productivity, disrupt our business and delay our clinical programs, regulatory and commercialization timelines, the magnitude of
which will depend, in part, on the length and severity of the restrictions and other limitations on our ability to conduct our
business in the ordinary course. These and similar, and perhaps more severe, disruptions in our operations could negatively
impact our business, operating results and financial condition.
Quarantines, shelter-in-place and similar government orders, or the perception that such orders, shutdowns or other
restrictions on the conduct of business operations could occur, related to COVID-19 or other infectious diseases could impact
personnel at third-party manufacturing facilities in the United States and other countries, or the availability or cost of materials,
which would disrupt our supply chain. In particular, some of our suppliers of certain materials used in the production of our
sensors and transmitters are located in Germany, the United Kingdom, China, Japan and the United States. For example, any
manufacturing supply interruption of Eversense or future generation products, could adversely affect our ability to conduct
planned clinical trials and commercialization activities.
Sales and demand for Eversense have been and may be adversely affected by the global COVID-19 pandemic.
Disruptions in the distributions of Eversense could result if patients are physically quarantined, if physicians restrict access to
their facilities for a material period of time, if we are unable to train new physicians, if patients are unable or unwilling to visit
health care providers, or if health care providers prioritize treatment of acute or communicable illnesses over diabetes
management. At various times during the COVID-19 pandemic, (i) our or our partners’ ability to visit physician offices have been
restricted, and (ii) insertions of Eversense have been adversely impacted. During the pandemic, these and other risks could recur
or continue. In addition, in the spring of 2020 we announced changes in our ability to market Eversense in the U.S., substantially
reduced our sales and marketing capabilities, and limited or ceased our efforts to secure new Eversense patients in the U.S. The
impact of these actions on patients and health care providers could delay or negatively impact our ability to stabilize and grow
sales of Eversense in the U.S.
In addition, our clinical trials may be affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Clinical site initiation and patient enrollment
may be delayed due to prioritization of hospital resources toward the COVID-19 pandemic. Some patients may not be able to
comply with clinical trial protocols if quarantines impede patient movement or interrupt healthcare
29
Table of Contents
services. Similarly, our ability to recruit and retain patients and principal investigators and site staff who, as healthcare providers,
may have heightened exposure to COVID-19 and adversely impact our clinical trial operations.
The spread of COVID-19, which has caused a broad impact globally, may materially affect us economically. While the
potential economic impact brought by, and the duration of, COVID-19 may be difficult to assess or predict, a widespread
pandemic could result in significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could
negatively affect our liquidity. In addition, a recession or market correction resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could
materially affect our business and the value of our common stock.
The review of our products by the FDA and other regulators has been and may continue to be adversely affected by the
COVID-19 pandemic. On September 30, 2020 we submitted a PMA supplement application to extend the wearable life of the
Eversense CGM System to 180 days to the FDA. Following the submission of the PMA, we have received communication from
the FDA advising us that the reallocation of agency resources to address Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) applications for
products related to the COVID-19 public health emergency is affecting marketing application reviews, including the Eversense
180-day product. Based on a February 19, 2021 communication, we understand that the FDA expects to assign a reviewer, and
that our PMA will be placed under review, no later than April 15, 2021. Based on the passage of time and this new information
from the FDA, we are anticipating approval no earlier than the second half of 2021. The timing to completion and outcome of
such a review is uncertain, as is the impact of COVID-19 on agency review timelines or possible delays. A delay in the approval
of our 180-day product in the U.S. could delay Ascensia from being able to market a product with longer duration and other
additional patient benefits to the U.S. market and could adversely affect our net revenues and financial results.
The global pandemic of COVID-19 continues to rapidly evolve. The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or a
similar health epidemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or
impacts on our business, our clinical trials, commercialization efforts, healthcare systems or the global economy as a whole.
However, these effects could have a material impact on our operations, and we will continue to monitor the COVID-19 situation
closely.
We have limited commercialization experience in the United States and Europe. If we are unable to successfully expand our
commercialization of Eversense in the United States and Europe, or if Ascensia experiences difficulties is establishing support
for Eversense, our business will be harmed.
We have limited commercialization experience in both the United States and Europe. We have invested substantially all
of our efforts and financial resources to the development and commercialization of Eversense. Our ability to generate revenue
from our products will depend heavily on successful commercialization of products in the United States and Europe, including
through our new collaboration with Ascensia, and on continuing development of future generations of our Eversense system. The
success of any products that we develop will depend on several factors, including:
●
●
receipt of timely marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;
our ability to procure and maintain suppliers and manufacturers of the components of Eversense and future versions
of Eversense;
● market acceptance of Eversense by people with diabetes, the medical community and third-party payors;
●
our ability to obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for Eversense and the related insertion and
removal procedures from third-party payors;
our success in educating healthcare providers and people with diabetes about the benefits, administration and use of
Eversense and future versions of Eversense;
the prevalence and severity of adverse events experienced with Eversense and future versions of Eversense;
the perceived advantages, cost, safety, convenience and accuracy of alternative diabetes management therapies;
obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for Eversense
and otherwise protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;
●
●
●
●
● maintaining compliance with regulatory requirements, including current good manufacturing practices; and
● maintaining a continued acceptable accuracy, safety, duration and convenience profile of Eversense.
30
Table of Contents
Our revenue is dependent, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we have regulatory approval,
the accepted price for the product, the ability to obtain coverage and reimbursement, and whether we own the commercial rights
for that territory. If the number of people with diabetes we target is not as significant as we estimate or the treatment population is
narrowed by competition, physician choice or treatment guidelines, we may not generate significant revenue from sales of such
products.
Our revenue is also dependent on the success of Ascensia in commercializing our product. Our product is a new product
for Ascensia globally and they must additionally establish certain functions of their U.S. commercial organization to successfully
market and sell our CGM system. If Ascensia experiences difficulties or delays in establishing sales and other functions that are
required to support the product or adjusting to the requirements of supporting our product, there could be a materially negative
impact on our net revenues from Eversense.
Approval in the United States by the FDA or by a regulatory agency in another country does not guarantee approval by
the regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or ensure approval for the same conditions of use. In addition, clinical
trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Approval processes vary among
countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. If we do not
achieve one or more of these approvals in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to fully
commercialize Eversense and achieve profitability.
Both before and after a product is commercially released, we will have ongoing responsibilities under U.S. and EU
regulations. We will also be subject to periodic inspections by the FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union
and EEA and comparable foreign authorities to determine compliance with regulatory requirements, such as the Quality System
Regulation, or QSR, of the FDA, medical device reporting regulations, vigilance in reporting of adverse events and regulations
regarding notification, corrections, and recalls. These inspections can result in observations or reports, warning letters or other
similar notices or forms of enforcement action. If the FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and EEA or
any comparable foreign authority concludes that we are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our
products are ineffective or pose an unreasonable health risk, such authority could ban these products, suspend or cancel our
marketing authorizations, impose "stop-sale" and "stop-import" orders, refuse to issue export certificates, detain or seize
adulterated or misbranded products, order a recall, repair, replacement, correction or refund of such products, or require us to
notify health providers and others that the products present unreasonable risks of substantial harm to the public health. Discovery
of previously unknown problems with our product's design or manufacture may result in restrictions on the use of Eversense,
restrictions placed on us or our suppliers, or withdrawal of an existing regulatory clearance for Eversense. The FDA, the
corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and EEA or comparable foreign authorities may also impose operating
restrictions, enjoin and restrain certain violations of applicable law pertaining to medical devices, assess civil or criminal penalties
against our officers, employees or us, or recommend criminal prosecution of our company. Adverse regulatory action may restrict
us from effectively marketing and selling our products. In addition, negative publicity and product liability claims resulting from
any adverse regulatory action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Foreign governmental regulations have become increasingly stringent and more extensive, and we may become subject
to even more rigorous regulation by foreign governmental authorities in the future. Penalties for a company's noncompliance with
foreign governmental regulation could be severe, including revocation or suspension of a company's business license and civil or
criminal sanctions. In some jurisdictions, such as Germany, any violation of a law related to medical devices is also considered to
be a violation of unfair competition law. In such cases, governmental authorities, our competitors and business or consumer
associations may then file lawsuits to prohibit us from commercializing Eversense in such jurisdictions. Our competitors may also
sue us for damages. Any domestic or foreign governmental law or regulation imposed in the future may have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
31
Table of Contents
We are dependent on one product, Eversense. Our success depends on our ability to continue to develop, commercialize and
gain market acceptance for our products.
Our current business strategy is highly dependent on the successful commercialization of Eversense and achieving and
maintaining market acceptance. In order to sell Eversense to people with diabetes, we or our commercialization partners must
educate them, their caregivers and healthcare providers that Eversense is an attractive alternative to competitive products for the
monitoring of glucose levels, including SMBG, as well as other competitive CGM systems and alternatives to CGM
methodologies. Market acceptance and adoption of Eversense depends on educating people with diabetes, as well as their
caregivers and healthcare providers, as to the distinct features, ease-of-use, positive lifestyle impact, and other perceived benefits
of Eversense as compared to competitive products.
Achieving and maintaining market acceptance of Eversense could be negatively impacted by many factors, including:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
the failure of Eversense to achieve wide acceptance among people with diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare
providers, third-party payors and key opinion leaders in the diabetes treatment community;
lack of evidence supporting the accuracy, duration, safety, ease-of-use or other perceived benefits of Eversense over
competitive products or other currently available diabetes management therapies;
perceived risks associated with the use of Eversense or similar products or technologies generally;
the introduction of competitive products and the rate of acceptance of those products as compared to Eversense;
adverse results of clinical trials relating to Eversense or similar competitive products; and
loss of regulatory approval for Eversense, adverse publicity or other adverse events including any product liability
lawsuits; and
any limitations in the ability of Ascensia to effectively communicate and promote product benefits.
In addition, Eversense may be perceived by people with diabetes, their caregivers or healthcare providers to be more
complicated or less effective than traditional monitoring methodologies, including SMBG or CGM systems which require less
calibration, and people may be unwilling to change their current regimens.
Moreover, healthcare providers tend to be slow to change their medical treatment practices because of perceived liability
risks arising from the use of new products and the uncertainty of third-party payor reimbursement. Accordingly, healthcare
providers may not recommend Eversense unless and until there is sufficient evidence to convince them to alter the treatment
methods they typically recommend, such as receiving recommendations from prominent healthcare providers or other key opinion
leaders in the diabetes treatment community.
If we are not successful in educating people with diabetes of the benefits of Eversense, or if we are unable to achieve the
support of caregivers and healthcare providers or widespread market acceptance for Eversense, then our sales potential, strategic
objectives and profitability could be negatively impacted, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and
operating results.
32
Table of Contents
If we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and development efforts, we may fail to effectively compete
or become profitable.
In order to capture and grow market share in the intensively managed diabetes market, we will need to enhance and
broaden our product offerings in response to the evolving demands of people with diabetes and healthcare providers, as well as
competitive pressures and technologies. These development needs include additional features, extended product life and other
attributes we believe may be desired by patients. We may not be successful in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, or
marketing future versions of Eversense. In addition, notwithstanding our market research efforts, our future products may not be
accepted by people with diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare providers or third-party payors who reimburse people with diabetes
for Eversense and healthcare providers for their services. The success of Eversense or future versions of Eversense will depend on
numerous factors, including our ability, and the ability of our commercial partners, to:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
identify the product features that people with diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers are seeking in a
CGM system and successfully incorporate those features into our products;
develop and introduce future generations of Eversense in a timely manner;
offer products at a price that is competitive with other products then available;
adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third
parties;
demonstrate the accuracy and safety of Eversense or future versions of Eversense;
obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement for Eversense or future versions of Eversense and the related insertion
and removal procedures; and
obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for Eversense and future versions of Eversense. However, if regulatory
authorities were to disagree, this would adversely impact our ability to commercialize that product enhancement.
If we fail to generate demand by developing products that incorporate features requested by people with diabetes, their
caregivers or healthcare providers, or if we do not obtain regulatory clearance or approval for future versions of Eversense in time
to meet market demand, we may fail to generate sales sufficient to achieve or maintain profitability. We have in the past
experienced, and we may in the future experience, delays in various phases of product development, approval and commercial
launch, including during research and development, regulatory submission and approval, manufacturing, limited release testing,
marketing and customer education efforts. Any delays in our anticipated product launches may significantly impede our ability to
successfully compete in our markets. In particular, such delays could cause customers to delay or forego purchases of our
products, or to purchase our competitors' products. Even if we are able to successfully develop future versions of Eversense when
anticipated, these products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development, and they may be quickly rendered
obsolete by the changing preferences of people with diabetes or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new
technologies or features.
Failure to secure or retain coverage or adequate reimbursement for Eversense or future versions of Eversense systems,
including the related insertion and removal procedures, by third-party payors, and an inability of patients to be able to access
the product, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We plan to derive nearly all of our revenue from sales of Eversense in the United States and Europe and expect to do so
for the next several years. Patients who receive treatment for their medical conditions and their healthcare providers generally rely
on third party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their medical treatment, including healthcare providers'
services. As a result, access to coverage and adequate reimbursement for Eversense by third-party payors is essential to the
acceptance of our products by people with diabetes. Similarly, healthcare providers may choose not to order a product unless
third-party payors cover and reimburse a substantial portion of the product. Coverage determinations and reimbursement levels of
both our products and the healthcare provider's performance of the insertion and removal procedures are critical to the
commercial success of our product, and if we or our commercial partners are not able to secure positive coverage determinations
and reimbursement levels for our products or the insertion and removal procedures, our business would be materially adversely
affected.
33
Table of Contents
Within and outside the United States, reimbursement is obtained from a variety of sources, including government
sponsored and private health insurance plans. These third-party payors determine whether to provide reimbursement for specific
products and procedures. A third-party payor's decision to provide coverage for our products does not imply that an adequate
reimbursement rate will be obtained. Further, one third-party payor's decision to cover our products does not assure that other
payors will also provide coverage for the products or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. In addition, there
may be significant delays in obtaining a reimbursement determination, and coverage, if granted, may be more limited than the
purposes for which the product is cleared by the FDA, the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and EEA or other
foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any product will be paid for in all
cases or at a rate that covers its associated costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. For
example, payment rates may vary according to the use of the product and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on
payments allowed for lower cost products that are already reimbursed, and may be incorporated into existing payments for other
services. Net prices for products may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs
or third-party payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of products from countries where they
may be sold at lower prices.
Private insurance companies and other private, third-party payors set payor-specific reimbursement policies. The extent
of coverage and the rate of reimbursement varies on a payor-by-payor basis. Most of the largest private third-party payors, in
terms of the number of covered lives, have issued coverage policies for the category of CGM devices. These policies include
varied coverage requirements regarding patient condition and characteristics. Many of these coverage policies reimburse for
CGM systems under durable medical equipment benefits, which are restrictive in nature and require the healthcare provider or
supplier to comply with extensive documentation and other requirements. In addition, those third-party payors that cover CGM
products may and have included limitations as to the patient conditions and characteristics eligible for coverage and may adopt
different coverage and reimbursement policies for our products, which could also diminish payments for Eversense. It is possible
that some third-party payors will not offer any coverage for our products.
Eversense is an implantable medical device in the clinic setting and thus follows a different reimbursement path when
compared to the current CGM class. Some payors will adopt a payment methodology that will bundle payment of device and
procedure back to the implanting clinic. Other payors may choose to reimburse device and procedure separately. Without a
Category 1 code to define the payment process, there will be some heterogeneity in this process. Given this heterogeneity, we will
have to work closely with certified clinics to keep abreast of which process to follow and what to expect. This will be disruptive
to some clinics and could delay product uptake until the process of payment becomes more homogenous and well defined for
clinics to follow. Until a steady state is reached, delays in processing and clinic operating coordination could result in the loss of
sales, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly
sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates,
among others. As such, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement may be subject to increased restrictions, such as
additional preauthorization requirements, both in the United States and in international markets. Our dependence on the
commercial success of our Eversense products makes us particularly susceptible to any cost containment or reduction efforts. If
third-party coverage and reimbursement of products for which we may receive regulatory approval is not available or adequate in
either the United States or international markets, or if our production costs increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels,
we or our commercial partners may be unable to sell Eversense or future versions of Eversense profitably and our business would
be adversely impacted.
In March 2019, we launched a patient access program, the Eversense Bridge Program, to assist those patients who do not
have insurance coverage for Eversense, or whose insurance is denied or insufficient. Pursuant to this program, we provided
financial assistance to eligible patients purchasing Eversense, which may have been substantial depending on a patient’s
insurance coverage. We also assisted patients in their appeal of adverse coverage decisions made by insurance providers. In
December 2020, we terminated the Eversense Bridge Program. We expect our partner Ascensia to implement a patient assistance
program and related programs as part of its commercialization efforts. The lack of a patient assistance program, or a program’s
design being ineffective, could adversely impact the sales of
34
Table of Contents
Eversense and, consequently our net revenues. In addition, we may not be able to recognize a substantial portion of the revenue
related to Eversense insertions for the patients participating in these access programs. The amount of time required to obtain
favorable coverage and reimbursement decisions, including navigating the appeals process with third-party payors, is uncertain,
and we may see increased product utilization without corresponding recognized revenue. Our operating results may be adversely
impacted if we are unable to obtain successful appeals or favorable coverage decisions by insurance providers, or if there are not
effective patient access programs in place.
If important assumptions we have made about what people with intensively managed diabetes are seeking in a CGM system
are inaccurate, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.
Our business strategy was developed based on a number of important assumptions about the diabetes industry in general,
and the intensively managed diabetes market in particular, any one or more of which may prove to be inaccurate. For example, we
believe that the benefits of CGM will continue to drive increased rates of market acceptance for products in this space. However,
this trend is uncertain and limited sources exist to obtain reliable market data.
Another key element of our business strategy is utilizing market research to understand how people with diabetes are
seeking to improve their diabetes therapy management. This strategy underlies our entire product design, marketing and customer
support approach and is the basis on which we developed Eversense. However, our market research is based on interviews, focus
groups and online surveys involving people with intensively managed diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers that
represent only a small percentage of the overall intensively managed diabetes market. As a result, the attributes we incorporated
into the Eversense system may not be reflective of what is desired by the various constituents in the diabetes market.
Consequently, our estimates of our future market share and penetration may not be accurate and our sales may be less than
estimated.
We operate in a very competitive industry and if we fail to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors,
many of whom have greater resources than we have, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected.
The market for CGM systems is developing and competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new
product introductions. We compete with well-capitalized companies, some of which are publicly traded, that manufacture CGM
systems including Dexcom, Medtronic and Abbott. Each of these companies has received approval from the FDA to market their
respective CGM system. Dexcom’s CGM system was the first CGM system to be approved by the FDA for marketing as a non-
adjunctive device, and Abbott’s Freestyle Libre was also approved for non-adjunctive use. Both Dexcom (G6) and Abbott
(Freestyle Libre) systems have factory calibration, and do not require user calibration.
Dexcom has also received the first FDA iCGM indication allowing its Dexcom G6 to be interoperable with other
diabetes tech devices such as insulin pumps. As the industry evolves, we anticipate encountering increasing competition from
companies that integrate CGM with insulin pumps. Abbott also received an iCGM indication for their Freestyle Libre 2 product
and we expect all other CGM companies to pursue an iCGM indication including Medtronic.
In addition to CGM providers, we also compete with providers of SMBG systems. Three companies currently account
for a substantial share of the worldwide sales of SMBG systems: Roche Diabetes Care, a division of Roche Diagnostics; Abbott;
and Ascensia Diabetes Care Holdings AG.
In addition to CGM providers, we also compete with providers of traditional SMBG systems, including Roche Diabetes
Care, a division of Roche Diagnostics; Abbott; and Ascensia Diabetes Care Holdings AG. There are also a number of academic
and other institutions involved in various phases of our industry's technology development.
Many of these competitors enjoy several advantages over us, including:
●
●
greater financial and human resources for sales and marketing, and product development;
established relationships with healthcare providers and third-party payors;
35
Table of Contents
●
established reputation and name recognition among healthcare providers and other key opinion leaders in the
diabetes industry;
in some cases, an established base of long-time customers;
●
products supported by long-term clinical data;
●
larger and more established sales, marketing and distribution networks;
●
●
greater ability to cross-sell products or provide incentives to healthcare providers to use their products; and
● more experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, and obtaining regulatory
approval or clearance.
In addition, mergers and acquisitions in the diabetes industry may result in even more resources being concentrated
among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors,
particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in
recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration
for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or that may be necessary for, our programs.
If we are unable to effectively compete with our competitors, we may fail to meet our strategic objectives, and our
business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.
Competitive products or other technological innovations for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes may render
our products less competitive or obsolete.
Our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will depend, among other things, on our ability to develop and
commercialize products for the monitoring and management of diabetes that offer distinct features, have a longer duration than
available alternatives, are easy-to-use, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, include essential
safety features and are more appealing than available alternatives. Our primary competitors, as well as a number of other
companies, medical researchers and existing medical device companies are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery technologies,
sensing technologies, procedures, drugs and other therapies for the monitoring, treatment and prevention of diabetes. For
example, the National Institutes of Health and other supporters of diabetes research are continually seeking ways to prevent, cure
or improve treatment of diabetes, which if successful could render glucose monitoring devices, like Eversense, obsolete. Any
technological breakthroughs in diabetes monitoring, treatment or prevention could reduce the potential market for Eversense or
render Eversense less competitive or obsolete altogether, which would significantly reduce our potential sales.
Because of the size of the diabetes market, we anticipate that companies will continue to dedicate significant resources
to developing competitive products. The frequent introduction by competitors of products that are, or claim to be, superior to our
products may create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competitive
products. In addition, the entry of multiple new products may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing strategies that could
adversely affect the pricing of our products. If a competitor develops a product that competes with or is perceived to be superior
to Eversense, or if a competitor employs strategies that place downward pressure on pricing within our industry, our sales may
decline significantly or may not increase in line with our expectations, either of which would harm our business, financial
condition and operating results.
The size and future growth in the market for CGM systems and CGM-related products has not been established with precision
and may be smaller than we estimate, possibly materially. If our estimates and projections overestimate the size of this market,
our sales growth may be adversely affected.
Our estimates of the size and future growth in the market for CGM systems and CGM-related products, including the
number of people currently managing their diabetes with insulin who may benefit from and be amenable to using Eversense, is
based on a number of internal and third-party studies, reports and estimates. In addition, our internal estimates are based in large
part on current treatment patterns by healthcare providers using CGM systems and our belief that the incidence of diabetes in the
United States and worldwide is increasing. While we believe these factors have historically provided and may continue to provide
us with effective tools in estimating the total market for CGM systems and CGM related products and our products, these
estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our
36
Table of Contents
estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. The actual incidence of
diabetes, and the actual demand for our products or competitive products, could differ materially from our projections if our
assumptions are incorrect. As a result, our estimates of the size and future growth in the market for our CGM systems may prove
to be incorrect. If the actual number of people with diabetes who would benefit from Eversense and the size and future growth in
the market for Eversense is smaller than we have estimated, it may impair our projected sales growth and have an adverse impact
on our business.
Our ability to maintain and grow our revenue will depend on establishing a customer base and retaining a high percentage of
our customer base.
A key to maintaining and growing our revenue will be establishing a customer base and retaining a high percentage of
our customers due to the potentially significant revenue generated from ongoing purchases of disposable sensors. Ascensia
intends to continue developing customer loyalty programs to help with retention aimed at patients, their caregivers and healthcare
providers, which include patient ambassadors, training specific to Eversense, ongoing support by sales and clinical employees and
24/7 technical support and customer service. If demand for our products fluctuates as a result of the introduction of competitive
products, changes in reimbursement policies, manufacturing problems, perceived safety issues with our or our competitors'
products, the failure to secure regulatory clearance or approvals, or for other reasons, our ability to attract and retain customers
could be harmed. The failure to retain a high percentage of our customers would negatively impact our business, financial
condition and operating results.
We have limited operating history as a commercial-stage company and may face difficulties encountered by companies early
in their commercialization in competitive and rapidly evolving markets.
Our experience as a commercial-stage company upon which to evaluate our business, future sales expectations and
operating results is limited. In assessing our business prospects, you should consider the various risks and difficulties frequently
encountered by companies early in their commercialization in competitive and rapidly evolving markets, particularly companies
that develop and sell medical devices. These risks include our ability to:
●
●
●
●
●
obtain regulatory clearance or approval to commercialize our products;
perform clinical trials with respect to Eversense or future versions of Eversense;
implement and execute our business strategy;
expand and improve the productivity of our sales and marketing infrastructure to grow sales of Eversense or future
versions of Eversense;
increase awareness of our brand and Eversense and build loyalty among people with diabetes, their caregivers and
healthcare providers;
● manage expanding operations;
● manage and secure effective sales of our product through our new collaboration with Ascensia, including its
establishment of required commercial infrastructure in the U.S. and elsewhere, and its adapting to a new product
category in which it has limited experience;
expand the capabilities and capacities of our third-party manufacturers, including increasing production of current
products efficiently and having our vendors adapt their manufacturing facilities to the production of new products;
respond effectively to competitive pressures and developments;
enhance Eversense and develop future versions of Eversense; and
attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel in various areas of our business.
●
●
●
●
Due to our limited operating history as a commercial-stage company, we may not have the institutional knowledge or
experience to be able to effectively address these and other risks that may face our business. In addition, we may not be able to
develop insights into trends that could emerge and negatively affect our business and may fail to respond effectively to those
trends. As a result of these or other risks, we may not be able to execute key components of our business strategy, and our
business, financial condition and operating results may suffer.
37
Table of Contents
We contract with third parties for the manufacture of Eversense. Risks associated with the manufacturing of our products
could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our operating results.
We do not have any manufacturing facilities or direct manufacturing personnel. We currently rely, and expect to
continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of Eversense for commercial sale and development of future CGM products.
Our business strategy depends on our third-party manufacturers' ability to manufacture Eversense in sufficient quantities and on a
timely basis so as to meet consumer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory
requirements and managing manufacturing costs. We are subject to numerous risks relating to our reliance on the manufacturing
capabilities of our third-party manufacturers, including:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
quality or reliability defects in Eversense;
inability to secure product components in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or on commercially reasonable
terms;
failure to increase production of Eversense to meet demand;
inability to modify production lines to enable us to efficiently produce future products or implement changes in
current products in response to regulatory requirements;
difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative manufacturers in a timely manner;
inability to establish agreements with current or future third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms; or
potential damage to or destruction of our manufacturers' equipment or facilities.
These risks are likely to be exacerbated by our limited experience with Eversense and its manufacturing process. As
demand for our products increases, our third-party suppliers will need to invest additional resources to purchase components, hire
and train employees, and enhance their manufacturing processes. If our manufacturers fail to increase production capacity
efficiently, our sales may not increase in line with our expectations and our operating margins could fluctuate or decline. Further,
we may be required to fund capital investments at our third-party suppliers to support increased production capacity. In addition,
although we expect some of our future versions of Eversense to share product features and components with our current
Eversense and Eversense XL versions, manufacturing these future versions of Eversense may require the modification of
production lines, the identification of new manufacturers for specific components, or the development of new manufacturing
technologies. It may not be possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make these future
versions of Eversense commercially viable.
We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the components of Eversense and the loss of any of these
suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business.
We rely on third-party suppliers to supply and manufacture the components of our Eversense system. For our business
strategy to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with components and Eversense systems in sufficient
quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, in accordance with agreed upon
specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Future increases in sales of Eversense, whether expected or
unanticipated, could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large supply of components and Eversense
systems in a manner that meets these various requirements.
We generally use a small number of suppliers of components for our products. Depending on a limited number of
suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. Generally, we do
not have long-term supply agreements with our suppliers, and, in many cases, we make our purchases on a purchase order basis.
Under most of our supply and manufacturing agreements, we have no obligation to buy any given quantity of products, and our
suppliers have no obligation to sell us or to manufacture for us any given quantity of components or products. As a result, our
ability to purchase adequate quantities of components or our products may be limited, and we may not be able to convince
suppliers to make components and products available to us. Additionally, our suppliers may encounter problems that limit their
ability to supply components or manufacture products for us, including financial difficulties, damage to their manufacturing
equipment or facilities, or product discontinuations. As a result, there is a risk that certain components could be discontinued and
no longer available to us. We may be required to make significant "last time" purchases of component inventory that is being
discontinued by the supplier to ensure
38
Table of Contents
supply continuity. If we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high-quality components to meet demand for our products in a
timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of factors such as the
proprietary nature of our products, our quality control standards and regulatory requirements, we may not be able to quickly
engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver
components at the level our business requires could disrupt the manufacturing of our products and limit our ability to meet our
sales commitments, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.
We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other
regulatory agencies, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to
regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, and termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. It
could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies and modify our products to
incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could result in a requirement to seek additional regulatory approvals.
Any disruption of this nature or increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our operating
results.
Our third-party suppliers operate primarily at facilities in a single location, and any disruption to these facilities could
adversely affect our business and operating results.
Each of our third-party suppliers operates at a facility in a single location and substantially all of our inventory of
component supplies and finished goods is held at these locations. We, and our suppliers, take precautions to safeguard facilities,
including acquiring insurance, employing back-up generators, adopting health and safety protocols and utilizing off-site storage
of computer data. However, vandalism, terrorism or a natural or other disaster, such as an earthquake, health epidemic, such as
the coronavirus, fire or flood, could damage or destroy equipment or our inventory of component supplies or finished products,
cause substantial delays in our operations, result in the loss of key information, or cause us to incur additional expenses. Our
insurance may not cover our losses in any particular case. In addition, regardless of the level of insurance coverage, damage to
our or our suppliers' facilities could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
Various factors outside our direct control may adversely affect manufacturing, sterilization and distribution of our products.
The manufacture, sterilization and distribution of our products is challenging. Changes that our suppliers may make
outside the purview of our direct control can have an impact on our processes, quality of our products and the successful delivery
of products to our customers. Mistakes and mishandling are not uncommon and can affect supply and delivery. Some of these
risks include:
●
●
●
●
●
failure to complete sterilization on time or in compliance with the required regulatory standards;
transportation and import and export risk, particularly given the international nature of our supply and distribution
chains;
delays in analytical results or failure of analytical techniques that we will depend on for quality control and release
of products;
natural disasters, labor disputes, financial distress, raw material availability, issues with facilities and equipment or
other forms of disruption to business operations affecting our manufacturers or suppliers; and
latent defects that may become apparent after products have been released and that may result in a recall of such
products.
If any of these risks were to materialize, our ability to provide our products to customers on a timely basis would be
adversely impacted.
Potential complications from Eversense or future versions of Eversense may not be revealed by our clinical experience.
Based on our experience, complications from use of Eversense may include sensor errors, sensor failures or skin
irritation under the adhesive dressing of the transmitter. Inflammation or redness, swelling, minor infection, and minor
39
Table of Contents
bleeding at the sensor insertion site are also possible risks with an individual's use of the device. However, if unanticipated side-
effects result from the use of Eversense or future versions of Eversense, we could be subject to liability and our systems would
not be widely adopted. Additionally, we have limited clinical experience with repeated use of our CGM system in the same
patient or the same insertion site. We cannot assure you that long-term use would not result in unanticipated complications, even
after the device is removed.
Undetected errors or defects in Eversense or future versions of Eversense could harm our reputation, decrease the market
acceptance of Eversense or expose us to product liability claims.
Eversense or future versions of Eversense may contain undetected errors or defects. Disruptions or other performance
problems with Eversense or future versions of Eversense, including our sensors not lasting for the full approved duration of use,
may harm our reputation. If that occurs, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted, or
other significant customer relations problems may arise. We may also be subject to increased warranty and liability claims for
damages related to errors or defects in Eversense or future versions of Eversense. A material liability claim or other occurrence
that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of Eversense could harm our business and operating results. This risk
exists even if a device is cleared or approved for commercial sale and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the
FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Any side effects, manufacturing defects, misuse or abuse associated with
Eversense or future versions of Eversense systems could result in patient injury or death. The medical device industry has
historically been subject to extensive litigation over product liability claims, and we cannot offer any assurance that we will not
face product liability lawsuits.
The sale and use of Eversense or future versions of Eversense could lead to the filing of product liability claims if
someone were to allege that Eversense or one of our products contained a design or manufacturing defect. A product liability
claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming to defend, either of which could materially harm our
business or financial condition. Product liability claims may be brought against us by people with diabetes, healthcare providers
or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our products, among others. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves
against product liability claims, we will incur substantial liabilities and reputational harm. In addition, regardless of merit or
eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:
costs of litigation;
distraction of management's attention from our primary business;
the inability to commercialize Eversense or future versions of Eversense;
decreased demand for Eversense;
damage to our business reputation;
product recalls or withdrawals from the market;
●
●
●
●
●
●
● withdrawal of clinical trial participants;
●
●
substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants; or
loss of revenue.
While we currently maintain product liability insurance covering claims up to $10.0 million per incident, we cannot
assure you that such insurance would adequately protect our assets from the financial impact of defending a product liability
claim. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or
prevent us from securing such insurance coverage in the future.
If there are significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, financial condition and operating
results could be adversely affected.
The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information
technology systems to effectively manage patient requisitions and data, customer service cases and replacement obligations,
marketing data, accounting and financial functions, inventory and order management, product quality records, research and
development data, and technical support functions. Despite our security measures, our information technology systems are
vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, attacks by
computer viruses or hackers, power losses, and computer system or data
40
Table of Contents
network failures. In addition, our data management application and a variety of our software systems, including the software in
our smart transmitter, are hosted by third-party service providers whose security and information technology systems are subject
to similar risks, which could be subject to computer viruses or hacker attacks or other failures. If our or our third-party service
provider's security systems are breached or fail, unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive data. If we or our
third-party service providers were to experience a breach compromising sensitive data, our brand and reputation could be
adversely affected, and the use of our products could decrease.
The failure of our or our service providers' information technology systems or our transmitter's software to perform as
we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new information technology systems could disrupt our entire operation or
adversely affect our products and could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, and product shortages, all of which
could negatively affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
We may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third
parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future
revenues.
In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures,
strategic alliances, partnerships or other arrangements to develop products and to pursue new markets. Proposing, negotiating and
implementing collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy and
complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other
business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not identify, secure, or complete any
such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. We have limited
institutional knowledge and experience with respect to these business development activities, and we may also not realize the
anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement. In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development
of products that achieve commercial success or result in significant revenues and could be terminated prior to developing any
products.
Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the transaction or
arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our future collaborators may have
economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is
possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones,
or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations or the ownership or
control of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any conflicts arise with any future collaborators, they may
act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. For example, one
of our vendors who provides a component to the Eversense sensor has communicated to us its belief that one of its employees
should be named as a co-inventor on a related patent application. We have communicated to the third party that its employee
should not be named as a co-inventor and its employee has not been named as a co-inventor to date. In addition, we may have
limited control over the amount and timing of resources that any future collaborators devote to our or their future products.
Disputes between us and our collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the
attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements will be contractual in nature and will generally be
terminable under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products
relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.
If we enter into in-bound intellectual property license agreements, we may not be able to fully protect the licensed
intellectual property rights or maintain those licenses. Future licensors could retain the right to prosecute and defend the
intellectual property rights licensed to us, in which case we would depend on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and
enforce intellectual property protection for the licensed intellectual property. These licensors may determine not to pursue
litigation against other companies or may pursue such litigation less aggressively than we would. Further, entering into such
license agreements could impose various diligence, commercialization, royalty or other obligations on us. Future licensors may
allege that we have breached our license agreement with them, and accordingly seek to terminate our license, which could
adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.
41
Table of Contents
We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of complementary products or technologies, and the failure to manage
acquisitions, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business, financial condition and
operating results.
From time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire other companies, products or technologies that may
enhance our product platform or technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or advance our business
strategies. Potential acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
problems assimilating the acquired products or technologies;
issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;
unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;
diversion of management's attention from our existing business;
risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;
increased legal and accounting costs relating to the acquisitions or compliance with regulatory matters; and
unanticipated or undisclosed liabilities of any target.
We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition. We do not know if we will be able to identify
acquisitions we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at
all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired products or technologies. Our potential inability to integrate
any acquired products or technologies effectively may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Risks Related to our Financial Results and Need for Financing
We will need to generate significant sales to achieve profitable operations.
We intend to increase our operating expenses in connection with the commercialization of Eversense with our
collaboration partner Ascensia, our ongoing research and development activities including the development of next generation
products and the clinical trials for those products, and the commensurate development of our management and administrative
functions. We will need to generate significant sales to achieve profitability, and we might not be able to do so. Even if we do
generate significant sales, we might not be able to achieve, sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the
future. If our sales grow more slowly than we expect, or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial
performance and operating results will be adversely affected.
Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter or year to year.
We have limited operating history as a commercial-stage company and we anticipate that there will be meaningful
variability in our operating results among years and quarters, as well as within each year and quarter. Our operating results, and
the variability of these operating results, will be affected by numerous factors, including:
regulatory clearance or approvals affecting our products or those of our competitors;
●
● Ascensia’s ability to increase sales of Eversense and to commercialize and sell our future products, and the number
of our products sold in each quarter;
● Ascensia’s ability to establish and grow an effective sales and marketing infrastructure and third-party distribution
network;
acceptance of our products by people with diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare providers and third-party payors;
the pricing of our products and competitive products, and the effect of third-party coverage and reimbursement
policies;
the amount of, and the timing of the payment for, insurance deductibles required to be paid by our customers and
potential customers under their existing insurance plans;
interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;
seasonality and other factors affecting the timing of purchases of Eversense;
timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;
●
●
●
●
●
●
42
Table of Contents
●
●
●
●
results of clinical research and trials on our products in development;
the ability of our suppliers to timely provide us with an adequate supply of components and CGM systems that meet
our requirements;
changes in the fair value of embedded derivative instruments in the terms of some of our financings, which are
subject to potentially wide fluctuations from period to period as a result of changes in our stock price; and
the timing of revenue recognition associated with our product sales pursuant to applicable accounting standards.
As a result of our lack of operating history as a commercial-stage company and Ascensia’s lack of experience selling
CGM systems, and Eversense in particular, and due to the complexities of the industry and regulatory framework in which we
operate, it will be difficult for us to forecast demand for our future products and to forecast our sales with any degree of certainty.
For example, many of the products we will seek to develop and introduce in the future will require regulatory approval or
clearance and import licenses before we can sell such products and given that the timing of such approvals, clearances or licenses
may be uncertain, it will be difficult for us to predict sales projections for these products with any degree of certainty before such
approvals, clearances or licenses are obtained. In addition, we will be increasing our operating expenses as we expand our
business. Accordingly, we may experience substantial variability in our operating results from year to year and quarter to quarter.
If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common
stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the
price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not
necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.
Covenants under the PHC Note Purchase Agreement and the indentures related to the 2023 Notes and the 2025 Notes may
result in the acceleration of outstanding indebtedness and limit the manner in which we operate.
The PHC Note Purchase Agreement contains customary terms and covenants, including financial covenants, such as
operating within an approved budget and achieving minimum revenue and liquidity targets, and negative covenants, such as
limitations on indebtedness, liens, mergers, asset transfers, certain investing activities and other matters customarily restricted in
such agreements. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. The Note Purchase
Agreement also contains customary events of default, after which the PHC Notes be due and payable immediately, including
defaults related to payment compliance, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, covenant compliance, material
adverse changes, bankruptcy and insolvency proceedings, cross defaults to certain other agreements, judgments against the
Company, change of control or delisting events, termination of any guaranty, governmental approvals, and lien priority.
In addition, the indentures related to the 2023 Notes and the 2025 Notes contain, and any future indebtedness we incur
may contain, various negative covenants that restrict, among other things, our ability to:
●
●
incur additional indebtedness, guarantee indebtedness or issue disqualified stock or, in the case of such subsidiaries,
preferred stock;
declare or pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of, their capital stock or make other
restricted payments;
● make investments or acquisitions;
●
●
●
create liens;
enter into agreements restricting certain subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers;
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our restricted
subsidiaries;
enter into transactions with affiliates;
sell, transfer or otherwise convey certain assets; and
prepay certain types of indebtedness.
●
●
●
43
Table of Contents
As a result, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business and we may be unable to engage in favorable
business activities, repurchase shares of our common stock or finance future operations or capital needs.
Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay
our substantial debt.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness depends
on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our
business may not generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital
expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling
assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to
refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to
engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt
obligations.
Despite our current debt levels, subject to certain conditions and limitations, we may still incur substantially more debt or take
other actions which would intensify the risks discussed above.
Despite our current consolidated debt levels, subject to certain conditions and limitations in the indentures related to the
2023 Notes and the 2025 Notes and PHC Notes, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future, some of which
may be secured debt. We may not be subject to any restrictions on incurrence of additional indebtedness under the terms of any
future indebtedness. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify.
Prolonged negative economic conditions could adversely affect us, our customers and third-party suppliers, which could harm
our financial condition.
We are subject to the risks arising from adverse changes in general economic and market conditions. Uncertainty about
future economic conditions could negatively impact our existing and potential customers, adversely affect the financial ability of
health insurers to pay claims, adversely impact our expenses and ability to obtain financing of our operations, and cause delays or
other problems with key suppliers.
Healthcare spending in the United States and Europe has been, and is expected to continue to be, under significant
pressure and there are many initiatives to reduce healthcare costs. As a result, we believe that some insurers are scrutinizing
insurance claims more rigorously and delaying or denying coverage and reimbursement more often. Because the sale of
Eversense will generally depend on the availability of third-party coverage and reimbursement, any delay or decline in coverage
and reimbursement will adversely affect our sales.
Our business may be exposed to foreign exchange risks.
We incur some of our expenses and derive revenues from Eversense XL in currencies other than the U.S dollar. As a
result, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates. We currently do not engage in hedging transactions to protect against uncertainty in future
exchange rates between particular foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Therefore, for example, an increase in the value of the
U.S. dollar against the euro or the British pound could have a negative impact on our revenue and earnings growth as euro and
British pound revenue and earnings, if any, are translated into U.S. dollars at a reduced value. We cannot predict the impact of
foreign currency fluctuations, and foreign currency fluctuations in the future may adversely affect our financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows.
44
Table of Contents
Risks Related to Development of our Products
If we modify our approved product, we may need to seek additional approvals, which, if not granted, would prevent us from
selling our modified products.
A component of our strategy is to continue to modify and upgrade our Eversense system, which requires approval by the
FDA and analogous regulatory bodies in other jurisdictions. We may not be able to obtain additional regulatory approvals for new
products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in
obtaining future approvals, including potential delays in obtaining approval of our currently pending applications, would
adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and
potential future profitability.
Any modifications to the Eversense that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, including significant design
and manufacturing changes, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, manufacture, design, components, or
technology requires approval of a new premarket approval application, or PMA, or PMA supplement or similar modifications in
other jurisdictions. However, certain changes to a PMA-approved device do not require submission and approval of a new PMA
or PMA supplement, or appropriate modifications in other jurisdictions, and may only require notice to FDA in a PMA Annual
Report, or similar notifications. In the U.S., the FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance,
but the FDA may review any such decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new approvals are
necessary. Our products could be subject to recall if the FDA determines, for any reason, that our products are not safe or
effective or that appropriate regulatory submissions were not made. Similar regulatory considerations apply outside the U.S. If
new regulatory approvals are required, this could delay or preclude our ability to market the modified system.
Medical device development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional
costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, ongoing development for lifecycle management
of our products.
While we have completed pivotal trials in Europe and the United States, we are and may need to conduct future clinical
trials in order to develop new versions of our system or to comply with requirements for post-approval studies. For example,
subject to regulatory clearance of our IDE, we are planning to initiate a pivotal trial to support a future PMA supplement for 365-
day sensor. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is inherently
uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Further, the outcomes of our
earlier clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not
necessarily predict final results. Moreover, clinical data is often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many
companies that have believed their products performed satisfactorily in clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing
approval.
If we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of Eversense or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests
are not favorable or if there are safety concerns, we may:
●
●
●
●
not obtain marketing approval for such modifications;
be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for such modifications;
be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or
have Eversense removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.
Our development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or marketing approvals. Significant clinical
trial delays also could allow our competitors to bring innovative products to market before we do and impair our ability to
successfully commercialize our products.
45
Table of Contents
Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing our Growth
Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
We are highly dependent on the management, research and development, clinical, financial and business development
expertise of Tim Goodnow, our Chief Executive Officer, Nick Tressler, our Chief Financial Officer, Mukul Jain, our Chief
Operating Officer, Fran Kaufman, our Chief Medical Officer, and Mirasol Panlilio, our Vice President and General Manager,
Global Commercial Operations, as well as the other members of our scientific and clinical teams. Although we have employment
agreements with our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time and will continue to be
able to do so. We do not maintain "key person" insurance for any of our executives or employees.
Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and clinical personnel and, as we progress the development of our product
pipeline toward scaling up for commercialization, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel, will also be critical to our
success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research,
development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy.
Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because
of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop,
gain regulatory approval of and commercialize our products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be
unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous medical
device companies for similar personnel, many of which have greater financial and other resources dedicated to attracting and
retaining personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and
research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in
formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by
employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their
availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth
strategy will be limited.
Although it will be subject to restrictions on trading, a portion of the equity of our management team will not contain
other contractual transfer restrictions. This liquidity may represent material wealth to such individuals and impact retention and
focus of existing key members of management.
We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities and our marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a
result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.
As of December 31, 2020, we had 82 employees. As our commercialization progresses, we expect to experience
significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of research, product
development, clinical sciences, regulatory affairs, supply chain, and marketing. To manage our anticipated future growth, we
must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to
recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our
management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion
of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs
and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution
of our business plans or disrupt our operations.
Additionally, we have and may undertake cost reduction plans, which may include reorganization of our workforce.
These actions could disrupt the employee base, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, or cause other operational and
administrative inefficiencies.
46
Table of Contents
Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, manufacturers and distributors may engage in misconduct or other
improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.
We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, manufacturers and distributors may
engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent
conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates FDA regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting
of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare laws and
regulations, and laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales,
marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent
fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of
pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements.
Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, including, without
limitation, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our
reputation. We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct,
and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or
losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in
compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending
ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of
significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, disgorgement of profits,
individual imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid,
integrity oversight and reporting obligations, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
We may incur product liability losses, and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.
Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the design, manufacture, testing and sale
of medical devices. We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing
flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe
condition, injury or death to customers. In addition, the misuse of our products or the failure of customers to adhere to operating
guidelines could cause significant harm to customers, including death, which could result in product liability claims. Product
liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts or product recalls, with or without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs, and
could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, harm our
reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, any of which could harm our business, financial
condition and operating results.
Although we maintain third-party product liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against us may exceed
the coverage limits of our insurance policies. Even if any product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies
typically have substantial deductibles for which we are responsible. Product liability claims in excess of applicable insurance
coverage would negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any product liability claim
brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an increase of our product liability insurance premiums. Insurance
coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in
the future on terms acceptable to us or at all.
Risks Related to our Intellectual Property
Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.
We rely primarily on patent, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements,
to protect our proprietary technologies. As of December 31, 2020, we held a total of approximately 519 issued patents and
pending patent applications that relate to our CGM system. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 90 issued United States
patents, 254 patents issued in countries outside the United States, and 175 pending patent applications worldwide. Our patents
expire between 2021 and 2043, subject to any patent extensions that may be available for such patents. If patents are issued on our
pending patent applications, the resulting patents are projected to expire on dates ranging from 2021 to 2043. We are also seeking
patent protection for our proprietary technology in
47
Table of Contents
Europe, Japan, China, Canada, India, Australia and other countries and regions throughout the world. We have no pending U.S.
trademark applications and 20 pending foreign trademark applications, as well as 14 U.S. trademark registrations and 116 foreign
trademark registrations.
We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. Currently,
several of our issued U.S. patents as well as various pending U.S. and foreign patent applications relate to the structure and
operation of our CGM sensor and CGM systems, which are important to the functionality of our products. If we fail to timely file
a patent application in any jurisdiction, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, we cannot assure you
that any of our patent applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all. The rights granted to us under our patents, and
the rights we are seeking to have granted in our pending patent applications, may not provide us with any meaningful commercial
advantage. In addition, those rights could be opposed, contested or circumvented by our competitors, or be declared invalid or
unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might
make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies. Even if we are successful in receiving
patent protection for certain products and processes, our competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop
products that provide outcomes which are comparable to ours without infringing on our intellectual property rights. Due to
differences between foreign and U.S. patent laws, our patented intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of
protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective
enforcement in those countries may not be available.
We rely on our trademarks and trade names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors and have
registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. For example, we have two pending applications in the United States
for the "Eversense" trademark. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved in a timely manner or at
all. Third parties also may oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that
our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand
recognition, and could require us to devote additional resources to marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that
competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.
We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and technology, which are not protectable by patents, to maintain our
competitive position. We try to protect this information by entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property
assignment agreements with our officers, employees, temporary employees and consultants regarding our intellectual property
and proprietary technology. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of those agreements, we may not
have an adequate remedy to compensate us for our trade secrets or other proprietary information. In addition, our trade secrets
may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners,
collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to
the rights in the related or resulting know-how and inventions. If any of our trade secrets, know-how or other technologies not
protected by a patent were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our business, financial condition and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those
patents, trademarks and other rights may be difficult and time consuming. Patent law relating to the scope of claims in the
industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and constant evolution and, consequently, patent positions in our industry
can be uncertain. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our
intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management's attention from managing our
business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources or desire to defend our patents or trademarks against challenges or to
enforce our intellectual property rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our
patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not
prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially material. The
occurrence of any of these events may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
48
Table of Contents
Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee
payment and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or
eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, and various other government fees on patents and applications
will be due to be paid to the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, the European Patent Office, or EPO, and
other foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of our owned patents and applications. The USPTO, the EPO and various foreign
governmental patent agencies require compliance with several procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar
provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee
or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment
or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-
compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official
actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or
our licensors or collaboration partners fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our proprietary technologies,
our competitors might be able to enter the market earlier with similar products or technology, which would have an adverse effect
on our business.
The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation, and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly,
result in the diversion of management's time and efforts, stop our development and commercialization measures, harm our
reputation or require us to pay damages.
Our success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third parties.
Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of
which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied
for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to
make and sell our products. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, and the complexities of the
technology involved increase the risk of patent litigation.
The medical device industry in general, and the glucose testing sector of this industry in particular, are characterized by
the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on assertions of patent infringement. We are aware of
numerous patents issued to third parties that may relate to the technology used in our business, including the design and
manufacture of CGM sensors and CGM systems, as well as methods for continuous glucose monitoring. Each of these patents
contains multiple claims, any one of which may be independently asserted against us. The owners of these patents may assert that
the manufacture, use, sale or offer for sale of our CGM sensors or CGM systems infringes one or more claims of their patents.
Furthermore, there may be additional patents issued to third parties of which we are presently unaware that may relate to aspects
of our technology that such third parties could assert against us and materially and adversely affect our business. In addition,
because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be patent applications that are currently pending and
unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that third parties could assert against us and harm our business.
In preparation for commercializing our Eversense products, we are performing an analysis, the purpose of which is to
review and assess publicly available information to determine whether third parties hold any valid patent rights that a well-
informed court would more likely than not find that we would infringe by commercializing our products, understanding that there
are risks and uncertainties associated with any litigation and no predictions or assurances can be made regarding the outcome of
any such litigation. Although our review and analysis are not complete and subject to the express limitations in the preceding
sentence, we are not aware of any such valid patent rights. Moreover, we have not previously performed an exhaustive review of
this type, and we cannot be certain that it will not result in our locating patent rights relating to our products of which we were not
previously aware.
49
Table of Contents
In the future, we could receive communications from various industry participants alleging our infringement of their
intellectual property rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation could force us to do one or more of the following:
●
●
●
●
●
stop selling our products or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property;
incur significant legal expenses;
pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we are allegedly infringing;
redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property; or
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on
reasonable terms or at all, and if available, may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same
technology.
Patent litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and its outcome is uncertain. Any litigation or claim
against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial
resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, stop our development and commercialization measures and
harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the diabetes market increases, the possibility of intellectual property
infringement claims against us increases.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged
trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.
Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including those that are our direct
competitors or could potentially be our direct competitors. In some cases, those employees joined our company recently. We may
be subject to claims that we, or our employees, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary
information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we may in the future be subject to allegations that we caused
an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to
defend against these claims. Even if we successfully defend against these claims, litigation could cause us to incur substantial
costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business
and harm our reputation. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable
intellectual property rights or personnel. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not occur, and any future
litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional direct sales representatives. A loss of key
personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize Eversense or future versions of Eversense,
which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.
We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned
patent rights, trade secrets, or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, inventorship disputes may
arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our medical devices or
other technologies. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our patent
rights, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary
damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property
that is important to our medical devices and other technologies. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims,
litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
50
Table of Contents
We are subject to the patent laws of countries other than the United States, which may not offer the same level of patent
protection and whose rules could seriously affect how we draft, file, prosecute and maintain patents, trademarks and patent
and trademark applications.
Many countries, including certain countries in Europe, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may
be compelled to grant licenses to third parties (for example, the patent owner has failed to "work" the invention in that country, or
the third party has patented improvements). In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government
agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially
diminish the value of the patent. Moreover, the legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not
favor the aggressive enforcement of patent and other intellectual property protection which makes it difficult to stop infringement.
We cannot be certain that the patent or trademark offices of countries outside the United States will not implement new
rules that increase costs for drafting, filing, prosecuting and maintaining patents, trademarks and patent and trademark
applications or that any such new rules will not restrict our ability to file for patent protection. For example, we may elect not to
seek patent protection in some jurisdictions in order to save costs. We may be forced to abandon specific patents due to a lack of
financial resources.
Our intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential competitive threats or confer meaningful competitive
benefits.
The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property
rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain any competitive advantage. The
following examples are illustrative:
●
others may be able to make devices that are the same as or similar to Eversense but that are not covered by the
claims of the patents that we own;
● we or any collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents or
pending patent applications that we own and, therefore, we may be unable to enforce them;
● we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;
●
others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without
infringing our intellectual property rights;
it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;
issued patents that we own may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or
unenforceable as a result of legal challenges;
our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that
provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for certain research and development activities, as well as in
countries where we do not have patent rights, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop
competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets; and
●
●
●
● we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.
Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment
Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable
requirements could cause our business to suffer.
The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and
corresponding state regulatory agencies in the United States and the European Commission and corresponding Notified Body in
the European Union and the EEA. The regulations are very complex and are subject to rapid change and varying interpretations.
Regulatory restrictions or changes could limit our ability to carry on or expand our operations or result in higher than anticipated
costs or lower than anticipated sales. These governmental authorities enforce laws and regulations that are meant to assure
product safety and effectiveness, including the regulation of, among other things:
●
product design and development;
51
Table of Contents
preclinical studies and clinical trials;
product safety;
establishment registration and product listing;
labeling and storage;
●
●
●
●
● marketing, manufacturing, sales and distribution;
●
●
●
●
pre-market clearance or approval;
servicing and post-market surveillance;
advertising and promotion; and
recalls and field safety corrective actions.
The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory
changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than
anticipated revenues. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in
enforcement actions such as fines, civil penalties, injunctions, warning letters, recalls of products, delays in the introduction of
products into the market, refusal of the regulatory agency or other regulators to grant future clearances or approvals, and the
suspension or withdrawal of existing approvals by such regulatory agencies. For example, in September 2019 we voluntarily
initiated a recall of Eversense sensors that had not yet been implanted, due to premature loss of function due to inadequate
hydration of the sensor’s glucose-sensing surface. This recall, as well as any of the above sanctions, could result in higher than
anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and harm our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
The FDA regulatory clearance process and regulatory processes in other countries is expensive, time-consuming and
uncertain, and the failure to obtain and maintain required regulatory clearances and approvals could prevent us from
commercializing Eversense and future versions of Eversense.
Products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified, and
similar approval processes are required in other jurisdictions where we may want to market our products. The process of
obtaining regulatory approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain
these approvals on a timely basis, or at all for our products.
If the FDA requires us to go through a more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing
products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our
sales to decline or to not increase in line with our expectations.
The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a device for many reasons, including:
● we may not be able to demonstrate that our products are safe and effective for their intended users;
●
●
the data from our clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval; and
the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.
In addition, the FDA may change approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take
other actions which may prevent or delay approval of our product modifications under development.
Following the submission of the PMA for our 180-day product, we received communication from the FDA advising us
that the reallocation of agency resources to address Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) applications for products related to the
COVID-19 public health emergency is affecting marketing application reviews, including the Eversense 180-day product. Based
on a February 19, 2021 communication, we understand that the FDA expects to assign a reviewer, and that our PMA will be
placed under review, no later than April 15, 2021. Based on the passage of time and this new information from the FDA, we are
anticipating approval no earlier than the second half of the year and note that the timing to completion and outcome of such a
review is uncertain. Further reallocation of agency resources, shelter-in-place orders and other impacts from the COVID-19
pandemic are difficult to predict and could alter or delay the timing of response by the FDA regarding our submission.
52
Table of Contents
Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, approval for our products could prevent us from generating revenue from
these products or achieving profitability. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers.
Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some people with diabetes from using our
products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived accuracy and safety of our products.
If we or our third-party suppliers fail to comply with the FDA's good manufacturing practice regulations, this could impair
our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.
We and our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA's QSR, which covers the methods and
documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and
shipping of our products. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of
manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA may impose inspections or audits at any time. If we or our suppliers have significant
non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not
sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement action against us. Any of the foregoing actions could impair our reputation, business,
financial condition and operating results.
A recall of our products, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant negative impact
on us.
The FDA has the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or
defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Our third-party suppliers may,
under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary
recall by us or one of our third-party distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures,
manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. For example, in September 2019 we voluntarily
initiated a recall of Eversense sensors that had not yet been implanted, due to premature loss of function due to inadequate
hydration of the sensor’s glucose-sensing surface. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources
and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results, which could impair our ability to produce
our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.
Further, under the FDA's medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in
which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the
malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may result
in a voluntary or involuntary product recall, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to
manufacture our products in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition
and operating results.
Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer
notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any
corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from
operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.
We are subject to the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption and anti-money-
laundering laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our future global
operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and
legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our current and future global operations will expose us to trade and economic sanctions and other restrictions imposed
by the United States, the European Union and other governments and organizations. The U.S. Departments of Justice, Commerce,
State and Treasury and other federal agencies and authorities have a broad range of civil and criminal penalties they may seek to
impose against corporations and individuals for violations of economic sanctions laws, export control laws, the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other federal statutes and regulations,
53
Table of Contents
including those established by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. In addition, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, or the
Bribery Act, prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both private and public sectors. An
organization that "fails to prevent bribery" by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the Bribery Act
unless the organization can establish the defense of having implemented "adequate procedures" to prevent bribery. Under these
laws and regulations, as well as other anti-corruption laws, anti-money-laundering laws, export control laws, customs laws,
sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations, various government agencies may require export licenses, may seek to
impose modifications to business practices, including cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries or with sanctioned
persons or entities and modifications to compliance programs, which may increase compliance costs, and may subject us to fines,
penalties and other sanctions. A violation of these laws or regulations could adversely impact our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
We will implement and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by us, and our directors,
officers, employees, representatives, third-party distributors, consultants and agents with the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the
Bribery Act and other export control, anticorruption, anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations. We cannot
assure you, however, that our policies and procedures will be sufficient or that directors, officers, employees, representatives,
third-party distributors, consultants and agents have not engaged and will not engage in conduct for which we may be held
responsible, nor can we assure you that our business partners have not engaged and will not engage in conduct that could
materially affect their ability to perform their contractual obligations to us or even result in our being held liable for such conduct.
Violations of the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act or other export control, anti-corruption, anti-money-laundering and
anti-terrorism laws or regulations may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
We are subject to additional federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to our healthcare business; our failure to
comply with those laws could have an adverse impact on our business.
Although we will not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party payor reimbursement, or receive
payments directly from government health insurance programs or other third-party payors for Eversense, we are subject to
broadly applicable federal, state, and foreign healthcare laws, including health care fraud and abuse and health information
privacy and security laws, which could adversely impact our business. Such healthcare laws potentially applicable to our
operations include:
●
●
●
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which will apply to our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing
policies and relationships with healthcare providers, by prohibiting, among other things, soliciting, receiving,
offering or providing remuneration intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service
reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs. A person or entity
does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;
federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the False Claims Act, which
is enforceable through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting,
or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval to the federal government that are false or fraudulent,
knowingly making a false statement material to an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal
government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay or
transmit money or property to the federal government. The government may assert that a claim including items or
services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for
purposes of the false claims statutes;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and its implementing
regulations, which created federal criminal and civil statutes that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme
to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
● HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and
their implementing regulations, which also imposes obligations on “covered entities,” including certain healthcare
providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their respective “business associates” that create,
receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health
54
Table of Contents
●
●
●
●
●
information for or on behalf of a covered entity and their subcontractors, regarding the privacy, security and
transmission of such individually identifiable health information;
federal "sunshine" requirements imposed by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by
the Health Care Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the PPACA, on device manufacturers
regarding the annual reporting to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, of any "transfer of
value" made or distributed to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, and
chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and, beginning in 2022, will require the annual reporting of any payments and
transfers of value provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered
nurse anesthetists, anesthesiologist assistants, and certified nurse midwives during the previous year. Failure to
timely submit required information may result in significant civil monetary penalties;
federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and
activities that potentially harm consumers;
state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply
to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require
device companies to comply with the industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance
guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare
providers; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers
of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the
privacy and security of certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and
often are not preempted by HIPAA;
the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, that creates new individual privacy rights for consumers (which is
broadly defined) and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities handling certain personal data;
and
foreign data privacy regulations, such as the European General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679, or
GDPR, which impose strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, analyze and transfer personal data,
including health data from clinical trials and adverse event reporting, and may be stricter than U.S. laws.
The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that the scope and
enforcement of these laws is uncertain, many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts,
their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations, or they vary country by country. We are unable to predict what additional
federal, state or foreign legislation or regulatory initiatives may be enacted in the future regarding our business or the healthcare
industry in general, or what effect such legislation or regulations may have on us. Federal, state or foreign governments may (i)
impose additional restrictions or adopt interpretations of existing laws that could have a material adverse effect on us or (ii)
challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any of these challenges could impact our reputation, business,
financial condition and operating results.
In February 2021, in conjunction with a communication to users regarding our distribution changes and securing
customer and technical support, we made an unintended disclosure of certain user e-mail addresses to other users in Italy. To
remedy this error, we communicated with affected parties and self-reported the disclosure to the appropriate authorities in Italy
for GDPR. This disclosure could cause adverse reaction by users of our product and negative regulatory implications under
GDPR. We are unable to predict at this time if there are any further impacts to this unintended disclosure.
Our activities, including our research, sales and marketing, and patient reimbursement support activities, may be subject
to scrutiny under these laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other
governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future, we may be subject to penalties, including significant civil,
criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement of profits, imprisonment, exclusion from governmental
health care programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could
adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any federal, state or foreign regulatory review to
which we may become subject, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming.
55
Table of Contents
For example, to enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, has recently
increased its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of
investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time and
resource consuming and can divert management's attention from our core business. Additionally, if we settle an investigation with
law enforcement or other regulatory agencies, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting
requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our
costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.
We may be liable if the FDA or another regulatory agency concludes that we have engaged in the off-label promotion of our
products.
Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations,
including the prohibition of the promotion of the off-label use of our products. Healthcare providers may use our products off-
label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the
FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we
modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an
untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or
foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of
an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties. Although we intend to train our marketing and direct sales
force to not promote our products for uses outside of their cleared uses and our policy will be to refrain from statements that could
be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we
have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of product liability
claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our
reputation.
International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from
country to country. In order to market our products in other countries, we must obtain regulatory approvals and comply with
extensive safety and quality regulations in other countries.
In the EEA, our devices are required to comply with the essential requirements set out in Annex I of the EU Active
Implantable Medical Device Directive (Council Directive 90/385/EEC) in order to be placed on the market. Provided that our
devices successfully complete a conformity assessment under Council Directive 90/385/EEC demonstrating compliance with
these essential requirements, we may affix the CE conformity mark to our devices, without which they cannot be commercialized
in the EEA.
The advertising and promotion of our products is subject to the laws of EEA Member States implementing Directive
2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well
as other EEA Member State laws or codes of practice governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. These laws
may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our
promotional activities with healthcare providers, which could negatively impact our business, operating results and financial
condition.
Off-label use of our product by patients could lead to product liability claims and regulatory action.
Eversense is currently labeled as non-adjunctive; however twice daily fingerstick calibrations are still required. We have
no control over whether patients adhere to labeling instructions and confirm blood glucose levels to ensure calibration with
Eversense. If a patient fails to do so and has an adverse reaction to self-medication, the patient might make a claim against us.
While we do not believe that, as a general matter, such a claim would have merit, the possibility of an adverse result to the
manufacturer cannot be dismissed, and in any event we could incur significant defense costs. Also, if there should be widespread
off-label use of our system by patients, and resulting adverse medical events, the FDA or other regulatory bodies might require
us, to implement additional measures to reduce off-label use, which could be costly or reduce adoption of Eversense.
56
Table of Contents
Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearance or
approval of our products.
Recent political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to fundamental changes. The
sales of our products depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors such as
government health administration authorities, private health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-
related organizations. Both the federal and state governments in the United States continue to propose and pass new legislation
and regulations designed to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare. This legislation and regulation may result in decreased
reimbursement for medical devices, which may further exacerbate industry-wide pressure to reduce the prices charged for
medical devices. This could harm our ability to market our products and generate sales.
On a global level, the regulatory environment is increasingly stringent and unpredictable. Many countries have
introduced or expanded their existing regulation of medical devices or are planning to expand their existing regulation in the
future. Regulatory requirements continue to differ significantly among countries. We expect this global regulatory environment
will continue to evolve, which could impact the cost, the time needed to approve, and ultimately, our ability to maintain existing
approvals or obtain future approvals for our products. For example, in the EU, the EU Medical Device Regulation will repeal and
replace both Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices and Directive 90/385/EEC concerning active implantable medical
devices, and therefore will materially change the regulatory environment in which we operate in Europe. The majority of the
provisions in the EU Medical Device Regulation apply from spring 2020. The Company will need to ensure compliance with the
EU Medical Device Regulation in the future if it is to place a medical device on the EU market after this regulation comes into
force and this may take time and require additional resources to ensure compliance.
Regulations of the FDA and other regulatory agencies in and outside the U.S. impose extensive compliance and
monitoring obligations on our business. These agencies review our design and manufacturing practices, labeling, record keeping,
manufacturers’ required reports of adverse experiences and other information to identify potential problems with marketed
medical devices. We are subject to unannounced device inspections by European Notified Bodies, as well as other regulatory
agencies overseeing the implementation and adherence of applicable regulations. These inspections may include our suppliers’
facilities. In addition, EU member states have powers to suspend the marketing and use, or demand the recall, of unsafe or non-
compliant devices. They also have the power to bring enforcement action against companies or individuals for breaches of the
device rules. Non-compliance may also result in Notified Bodies revoking any certificate of conformity that they have issued for a
device or the manufacturer’s quality system.
In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly
affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose
additional costs or lengthen review times of our products. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or
approvals for our products would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
While a goal of healthcare reform is to expand coverage to more individuals, it also involves increased government price
controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. For example, the PPACA was
enacted in March 2010. The PPACA substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private
insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services and significantly impacts the medical device
industries. Among other things, the PPACA:
●
●
establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct
comparative clinical effectiveness research; and
implements payment system reforms including value-based payment programs, increased funding for comparative
effectiveness research, reduced hospital payments for avoidable readmissions and hospital acquired conditions, and
pilot programs to evaluate alternative payment methodologies that promote care coordination (such as bundled
physician and hospital payments).
57
Table of Contents
There have been executive, judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the PPACA. While Congress has
not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, it has enacted laws that modify certain provisions of the PPACA such as removing
penalties, starting January 1, 2019, for not complying with the PPACA’s individual mandate to carry health insurance and
delaying the implementation of certain PPACA-mandated fees. Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently
eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the PPACA-mandated medical device tax and “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer-
sponsored health coverage and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminated the health insurer tax. On December 14, 2018, a Texas
U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the PPACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed
by Congress as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the
District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the PPACA are invalid as well. The U.S. Supreme Court is
currently reviewing the case, although it is unknown when a decision will be made. Further, although the U.S. Supreme Court has
not yet ruled on the constitutionality of the PPACA, on January 28, 2021, President Biden issued an executive order to initiate a
special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through May 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage
through the PPACA marketplace. The executive order also instructs certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their
existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects
and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health
insurance coverage through Medicaid or the PPACA. It is unclear how the Supreme Court ruling, other such litigation, and the
healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration will impact the PPACA and our business.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. On August 2,
2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, includes reductions to Medicare payments
to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the
statute, will remain in effect through 2030 with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31,
2021 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed
into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the
statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.
At this time, we cannot predict which, if any, additional healthcare reform proposals will be adopted, when they may be
adopted or what impact they, or the PPACA, may have on our business and operations, and any of these impacts may be adverse
on our operating results and financial condition.
Risks Related to our Common Stock
Because our stock price has and will likely continue to be highly volatile, the market price of our common stock may be lower
or more volatile than expected.
Our stock price has been highly volatile. The stock market in general and the market for innovative, emerging medtech
and biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating
performance of particular companies. From December 23, 2020 through March 3, 2021, the trading price of our common stock
has been as low as $0.43 per share and as high as $5.56 per share. This recent extreme stock price volatility has been
accompanied by extremely high trading volume in our common stock in comparison to historical experience. During this period,
the average daily trading volume of our common stock has been approximately 65 million shares and on January 19, 2021, our
trading volume exceeded 409 million shares, whereas the average daily trading volume from January 1, 2020 to December 22,
2020 was 2.4 million shares.
The extreme recent increase in trading volume and volatility has not necessarily correlated to the company’s
announcement of material developments and appears unrelated to changes in actual or expected operating performance. Purchases
or sales of large quantities of our stock, including the establishment and/or closing of significant short positions in our stock could
have an unusual or adverse effect on our market price. Market fluctuations may also cause short sellers to periodically enter the
market in the belief that we will have poor results in the future. Abnormal trading
58
Table of Contents
activity, including activity that is considered market manipulation, can lead to irrational and/or temporary movements in the price
of our common stock, which, in turn, may increase its risk and volatility. We cannot predict the actions of market participants
and, therefore, can offer no assurances that the market for our common stock will be stable or appreciate over time.
The market price of our common stock may also be influenced by many additional factors, including:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
analyst coverage, recommendations or changes in their estimates of our financial performance;
future announcements about us or our competitors, including the results of technological innovations or new
commercial products;
announcement of operating results and other factors relating to the commercialization of our products;
clinical trial and topline data results;
depletion of our cash reserves;
sale of equity securities or issuance of additional debt;
announcement by us of significant strategic partnerships, capital commitments or acquisitions;
changes in government regulations;
impact of competitor successes;
developments in our relationships with our collaboration partners;
global market or financial developments, whether due to the global COVID-19 pandemic or otherwise;
announcements relating to health care reform, legislation and reimbursement levels, including third-party payor
coverage decisions;
sales of substantial amounts of our stock by existing stockholders (including stock by insiders or 5% stockholders);
regulatory approvals, timelines or other actions;
litigation;
public concern as to the safety of our products or recalls; and
the other factors described in this Risk Factors section.
The issuance of additional stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive plans, or
otherwise will dilute our existing stockholders.
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 900,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 5,000,000
shares of preferred stock with such rights and preferences as may be determined by our board of directors. Subject to compliance
with applicable rules and regulations, we may issue our shares of common stock, including securities convertible into common
stock, in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, our equity incentive plans or otherwise. Any such issuance could
result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
The holders of the convertible preferred stock rank senior to our common stock upon a liquidation of our company.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, our Series A convertible preferred stock, along
with any convertible preferred stock that we may issue to PHC or Energy Capital, will rank senior to our common stock. Each
share of preferred stock will be entitled to receive an amount per share equal to the greater of the purchase price paid and the
amount that the holder would have been entitled to receive at such time if the convertible preferred stock were converted into
common stock.
Until the holders of the convertible preferred stock have been paid their liquidation amount in full, no payment will be
made to any holder of common stock. If our assets, or the proceeds from their sale, distributable among the holders of the
convertible preferred stock are not sufficient to pay the liquidation amount in full, then those assets or proceeds will be distributed
among the holders of the convertible preferred stock. In that case, there would be no assets or proceeds remaining to be
distributed to holders of our common stock, which could impact the trading price of our common stock.
59
Table of Contents
Shares of our convertible preferred stock, including shares issuable under our Equity Line Agreement with Energy Capital,
and the PHC Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock and, upon conversion, will dilute your percentage of
ownership.
Each share of our convertible preferred stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into approximately
2,100 shares of our common stock (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, including in the event of any stock split).
Under the Equity Line Agreement, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including that we have less than $8 million of
cash, cash equivalents and other available credit (aside from availability under the Equity Line Agreement), we also have the
right, in our sole discretion, to present Energy Capital with a purchase notice directing Energy Capital (as principal) to purchase
shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $1,000 per share (not to exceed $4.0 million worth of shares) once per month, up
to an aggregate of $12.0 million of our Series B Preferred Stock, with such shares convertible into common stock at a price of
$0.3951 per share. Also, under the Equity Line Agreement, beginning January 1, 2022, subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions, Energy Capital has the option to purchase any Series B Preferred Stock that we have not already sold to it under the
agreement at a price of $1,000 per share.
The PHC Notes are also convertible into our common stock at the option of the holder. Accordingly, any conversion of
convertible preferred stock or the PHC Notes would dilute the ownership of our holders of common stock. The potential dilutive
effect of the conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock or convertible notes may also adversely affect our ability to
obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all.
Holders of the convertible preferred stock and convertible notes have the ability exert substantial influence over us in a
manner adverse to your interests.
Subject to maintaining specified ownership thresholds, the holders of convertible preferred stock and the PHC Notes
have the ability to designate, in the aggregate, up to three members of our board of directors.
The holders of convertible preferred stock generally are entitled to vote with the holders of the shares of common stock
on all matters submitted for a vote of holders of shares of common stock (voting together with the holders of shares of common
stock as one class) on an as-converted basis. Additionally, certain matters require the approval of the majority of the outstanding
convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, including (i) altering or changing adversely the powers, privileges,
preferences or rights of the convertible preferred stock, or (ii) amendments, modifications, repeal or waiver of any provision of
our certificate of incorporation or of the certificate of designations that would adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges
or powers of the convertible preferred stock.
As a result, the holders of our convertible preferred stock and the PHC Notes are able to influence our decisions,
including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other
significant corporate transactions. Some of these persons or entities may have interests different the interests of the holders of our
common stock.
The future funding pursuant to agreements to sell convertible preferred stock to PHC and Energy Capital is not guaranteed.
We have entered into agreements with PHC and Energy Capital that, collectively, provide for our receipt of up to $27
million of aggregate funding pursuant to the sale of convertible preferred stock to PHC and Energy Capital. Pursuant to our
agreement with PHC, we have the option to sell and issue to PHC up to $15.0 million of convertible preferred stock on or before
December 31, 2022, contingent upon our obtaining FDA approval for the 180-day Eversense product for marketing in the United
States before such date. On November 9, 2020, we entered into the Equity Line Agreement with Energy Capital. Under the Equity
Line Agreement, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including that we have less than $8 million of cash, cash
equivalents and other available credit (aside from availability under the Equity Line Agreement), we have the right, in our sole
discretion, to present Energy Capital with a purchase notice directing Energy Capital (as principal) to purchase shares of Series B
Preferred Stock at a price of $1,000 per share (not to exceed $4.0 million worth of shares) once per month, up to an aggregate of
$12.0 million of our Series B Preferred Stock, with such shares convertible into common stock at a price of $0.3951 per share.
Also, under the Equity Line Agreement, beginning January 1, 2022, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, Energy
Capital has the
60
Table of Contents
option to purchase any Series B Preferred Stock that we have not already sold to it under the agreement at a price of $1,000 per
share. Because of the contingencies of each transaction, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to sell the additional
convertible preferred stock to PHC or Energy Capital. If we are unable to do so, we may be forced to seek to raise additional
capital on less advantageous terms, if available at all, which would likely have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and the
trading price of our common stock.
We may not be entitled to forgiveness of our recently received PPP Loan, and our application for the PPP Loan could in the
future be determined to have been impermissible or could result in damage to our reputation.
On April 22, 2020 we received proceeds of $5.8 million from a loan under the Paycheck Protection Program of the
CARES Act, a portion of which may be forgiven, which used to retain current employees, maintain payroll and make lease and
utility payments. The PPP Loan matures on April 21, 2022 and bears annual interest at a rate of 1.0%. Under the CARES Act,
loan forgiveness is available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered rent payments, covered mortgage interest and
covered utilities during the eight-week period beginning on the date of loan approval. Not more than 25% of the forgiven amount
may be for non-payroll costs. The amount of the PPP Loan eligible to be forgiven is limited because of certain headcount
reductions that we implemented in March 2020 and will be reduced if our full-time headcount declines further, or if salaries and
wages for employees with salaries of $100,000 or less annually are reduced by more than 25%. We will be required to repay any
portion of the outstanding principal that is not forgiven, along with accrued interest and we cannot provide any assurance that we
will be eligible for loan forgiveness, or that any amount of the PPP Loan will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA. We expect to
apply forgiveness and make payments on any unforgiven portion on the PPP Loan in the second half of 2021. Furthermore, on
April 28, 2020, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury stated that the SBA will perform a full review of any PPP
loan over $2.0 million before forgiving the loan.
In order to apply for the PPP Loan, we were required to certify, among other things, that the current economic
uncertainty made the PPP Loan request necessary to support our ongoing operations. We made this certification in good faith
after analyzing, among other things, our financial situation and access to alternative forms of capital, and believe that we satisfied
all eligibility criteria for the PPP Loan, and that our receipt of the PPP Loan is consistent with the broad objectives of the
Paycheck Protection Program of the CARES Act. The certification described above does not contain any objective criteria and is
subject to interpretation. On April 23, 2020, the SBA issued guidance stating that it is unlikely that a public company with
substantial market value and access to capital markets will be able to make the required certification in good faith. Subsequently,
on April 29, 2020 the SBA issued guidance that it will review all PPP loans of more than $2 million, following the lender’s
submission of the borrower’s loan forgiveness application. The lack of clarity regarding loan eligibility under the Paycheck
Protection Program has resulted in significant media coverage and controversy with respect to public companies applying for and
receiving loans. If, despite our good-faith belief that given our Company's circumstances we satisfied all eligible requirements for
the PPP Loan, we are later determined to have violated any of the laws or governmental regulations that apply to us in connection
with the PPP Loan, such as the False Claims Act, or it is otherwise determined that we were ineligible to receive the PPP Loan,
we may be subject to penalties, including significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties and could be required to repay
the PPP Loan in its entirety. In addition, receipt of a PPP Loan may result in adverse publicity and damage to reputation, and a
review or audit by the SBA or other government entity or claims under the False Claims Act could consume significant financial
and management resources. Should we be audited or reviewed by federal or state regulatory authorities as a result of filing an
application for forgiveness of the PPP Loan or otherwise, such audit or review could result in the diversion of management’s time
and attention and legal and reputational costs. If we were to be audited or reviewed and receive an adverse determination or
finding in such audit or review, we could be required to return the full amount of the PPP Loan. Any of these events could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our GAAP operating results could fluctuate substantially due to changes in fair value of the liability options and the
derivatives related to the embedded conversion option, interest make-whole provision and make-whole fundamental change
provision features of the notes.
Our liability options related to the Energy Capital Agreement and Masters Capital Agreement are classified as liabilities
in accordance with ASC 480 on the Company’s balance sheet and are recorded at fair value. These options are
61
Table of Contents
required to be remeasured to fair value at each reporting period with the change recorded in change in fair value of derivatives
that is a component of other income (expense).
Our convertible senior subordinated notes contain certain embedded features that require bifurcation of the embedded
conversion option along with the fundamental change make-whole provision, interest make-whole provision, and the cash settled
fundamental make-whole shares provision, and recorded the fair value of these embedded features as a derivative liability in the
Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 815, Derivatives
and Hedging.
ASC 815 requires companies to bifurcate certain embedded derivatives from their host instruments and account for them
as free standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. The fair value of the derivative is remeasured to fair
value at each balance sheet date, with a resulting non-cash gain or loss related to the change in the fair value of the derivative
being charged to earnings (loss). We utilize a third-party valuation expert and the binomial option pricing method to determine
the fair value of the derivative instruments at each reporting date using inputs based on recent trading prices (Level 2) and other
observable inputs, including our common stock price, implied volatility, interest rates and credit spreads, or unobservable inputs
(Level 3) where there is an absence of recent trading prices.
We cannot predict the effect that the accounting for the options and notes and the associated fluctuations in the fair value
of the liability options and embedded features of the notes will have on our future GAAP financial results, the trading of our
common stock and the trading price of the notes, which could be material. Continued extreme volatility in our stock price, as we
have experienced recently, could exacerbate such effects.
If our estimates relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions or judgments that change or prove to be
incorrect, our operating results could fall below expectations of financial analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our
stock price.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make estimates,
assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We
base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity,
revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our
assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to
fall below the expectations of financial analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price. Significant assumptions
and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition and variable
consideration, reserves for inventory obsolescence and warranties, stock-based compensation, embedded features of our senior
convertible notes and income taxes.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and
any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. In addition, pursuant to our debt agreements, we are precluded from paying any cash dividends. Accordingly,
you may have to sell some or all of your shares of our common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment. You
may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell shares and you may lose the entire amount of the investment.
Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders
to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common
stock may be lower as a result.
There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that may make it difficult for a third party to acquire,
or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change of control was considered favorable by some or
62
Table of Contents
all of our stockholders. For example, our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further
vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change of control transaction.
As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected.
An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders.
Our charter documents also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:
● only one of our three classes of directors is elected each year;
● stockholders are not entitled to remove directors other than by a 66 2/3% vote and only for cause;
● stockholders are not permitted to take actions by written consent;
● stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders; and
● stockholders are required to give advance notice of their intention to nominate directors or submit proposals for
consideration at stockholder meetings.
In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations
with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could
delay or prevent a change of control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers
for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our
management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of
the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for
substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable
judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the
exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative
action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our
directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated
bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, this exclusive forum provision
would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be
the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. We note that
investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
These exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds
favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our
directors, officers and other employees. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our
securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would
enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has
been challenged in legal proceedings. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are
facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum
provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court
were to find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find the exclusive forum
provision in our amended and restated bylaws to be
63
Table of Contents
inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other
jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely
basis could be impaired.
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations of the
NYSE American. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and
procedures and internal control over financial reporting and perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal
control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. This requires that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and
finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts.
During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our
internal control over financial reporting that exists at the reporting date, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over
financial reporting is effective. We have no material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting at December 31,
2020. While we have established certain procedures and controls over our financial reporting processes, we cannot assure you that
these efforts will prevent future material weaknesses or restatements of our financial statements. For future reporting periods, our
independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at
which our controls are documented, designed or operating. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to
complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion.
Any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately
report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial
reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or
significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and
completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions
or investigations by the NYSE American, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our
internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public
companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our
business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts
publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. Securities or industry analysts may elect not to initiate or
continue to provide coverage of our common stock, and such lack of coverage may adversely affect the market price of our
common stock. Even if we have securities or industry analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts, or the
content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more securities or industry analysts
downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more securities or industry analysts ceases
coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could
cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Our effective tax rate may fluctuate, and we may incur obligations in tax jurisdictions in excess of accrued amounts.
We are subject to taxation in numerous U.S. states and territories. As a result, our effective tax rate is derived from a
combination of applicable tax rates in the various places that we operate. In preparing our financial statements, we estimate the
amount of tax that will become payable in each of such places. Nevertheless, our effective tax rate may be different than
experienced in the past due to numerous factors, including passage of the newly enacted federal income tax law, changes in the
mix of our profitability from state to state, the results of examinations and audits of our tax filings, our inability to secure or
sustain acceptable agreements with tax authorities, changes in accounting for income
64
Table of Contents
taxes and changes in tax laws. Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from
previous periods or our current expectations and may result in tax obligations in excess of amounts accrued in our financial
statements.
We may be unable to utilize our federal net operating loss carryforwards to reduce our income taxes.
At December 31, 2020, we had federal and state net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $515.24 million and had
research and experimental credit carryforwards of $12.76 million. NOL carryforwards in the amount of $198.7 million will expire
in varying amounts between 2021 and 2037. These net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to
offset future income tax liabilities. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, as modified by the CARES Act, federal NOL
carryforwards generated in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but in the case of
tax years beginning after 2020, may only be used to offset 80% of our taxable income annually. Federal NOL carryforwards
generated in taxable years beginning in 2018, 2019 and 2020 will similarly carry forward indefinitely but will not be subject to
such 80% of annual taxable income limitation. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
or the Code, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change," which generally occurs
if the percentage of the corporation's stock owned by 5% stockholders increases by more than 50% over a three-year period, the
corporation's ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income
may be limited. We have not determined if we have experienced Section 382 ownership changes in the past and if a portion of our
NOL and tax credit carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation under Section 382. In addition, we may experience
ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our
control. If we determine that an ownership change has occurred and our ability to use our historical NOL and tax credit
carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
Our principal offices occupy approximately 33,000 square feet of leased office space in Germantown, Maryland
pursuant to a lease that expires in 2023. We have an option to renew the lease for one additional five-year term. Additionally, on
July 31, 2019, we entered into a new non-cancellable operating sub-lease agreement for approximately 30,500 square feet of
office space commencing on September 2, 2019, and expiring in 2023. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and
adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we
believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our
operations.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are subject to litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business.
In February 2021, we received notice and accepted service of a civil complaint that had been filed in the Western
District of Texas and styled Carew ex rel. United States v. Senseonics, Inc., No. SA20CA0657DAE. The complaint was filed by
a relator under seal in May 2020 pursuant to the qui tam provisions in the federal False Claims Act. Prior to the unsealing of the
complaint, the government declined to intervene in the case. The case, therefore, is being pursued only by the relator. The
complaint alleges the Company’s marketing practices with physicians for its product, Eversense Continuous Glucose Monitoring
System, violated the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. § 3729 and the Texas Medicaid Fraud Prevention Law, Tex. Hum Res. Code §
36.002. The Company is reviewing the claim and believes it has meritorious defenses.
65
Table of Contents
Except as described above, we are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings, and we are not aware of any
pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating
results or financial condition.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information for Common Stock
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE American under the symbol “SENS.”
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future
earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on shares of our common stock is further limited by restrictions on our ability to
pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness and may be limited by future
similar agreements.
Stockholders
As of February 26, 2021, we had 377,883,267 shares of common stock outstanding held by 183 holders of record.
66
Table of Contents
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the performance of our common stock since March 18, 2016, the date on which our
common stock commenced trading on the NYSE American, with the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Nasdaq Healthcare Index.
The comparison assumes a $100 investment on March 18, 2016 in our common stock, the stocks comprising the Nasdaq
Composite Index and the Nasdaq Healthcare Index, and assumes reinvestment of the full amount of all dividends, if any.
Historical stockholder return is not necessarily indicative of the performance to be expected for any future periods.
The performance graph shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference by means of any general statement
incorporating by reference this Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that
we specifically incorporate such information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data
None.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with “Selected Financial Data” in Part II, Item 6 and
our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. Some of the information
contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report, including information with respect to our
plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review
the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and
analysis.
67
Table of Contents
Overview
We are a medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of a long-term, implantable
continuous glucose monitoring, or CGM, system to improve the lives of people with diabetes by enhancing their ability to
manage their disease with relative ease and accuracy. Our Eversense and Eversense XL CGM systems are designed to continually
and accurately measure glucose levels in people with diabetes via an under-the-skin sensor, a removable and rechargeable smart
transmitter, and a convenient app for real-time diabetes monitoring and management for a period of up to 90 and 180 days,
respectively, as compared to seven to 14 days for non-implantable CGM systems. The original Eversense CGM system received a
CE mark in June 2016, which marked the first approval for the product to be sold within the European Economic Area.
Subsequently, the extended life Eversense XL CGM system received its CE mark in September 2017 and is currently available in
select markets in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa, or EMEA. In June 2018, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA,
approved the Eversense CGM system and it is currently available throughout the United States. In June 2019, we received FDA
approval for the non-adjunctive indication (dosing claim) for the Eversense system. With this approval and the availability of a
new app in December 2019, the Eversense system can now be used as a therapeutic CGM in the United States to replace
fingerstick blood glucose measurement to make treatment decisions, including insulin dosing.
Our net revenues are derived from sales of the Eversense system which is sold in two separate kits: the disposable
Eversense Sensor Pack which includes the sensor, insertion tool, and adhesive patches, and the durable Eversense Smart
Transmitter Pack which includes the transmitter and charger.
We sell directly to our network of distributors and strategic fulfillment partners, who provide the Eversense system to
healthcare providers and patients through a prescribed request and invoice insurance payors for reimbursement. Sales of the
Eversense system are widely dependent on the ability of patients to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party
payors or government agencies. We leverage and target regions where we have coverage decisions for patient device use and
provider insertion and removal procedure payment. During 2020, we received positive payor coverage decisions from Cigna
Corporation, who has more than 17 million medical customers and offers a Medicare Advantage plan in 17 states and
Washington, DC, Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans, and announced local coverage determinations, or LCD, proposals for
implantable therapeutic CGMs such as Eversense by all the Medicare Administrative Contractors to enable Eversense to be used
by Medicare beneficiaries as a Part B physician service. We continue to see momentum of broad national payor acceptance,
including on August 3, 2020, the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, released its Calendar Year 2021 Medicare
Physician Fee Schedule Proposed Rule that announces proposed policy changes for Medicare payments, including the proposed
establishment of national payment amounts for the three CPT© Category III codes describing the insertion (CPT 0446T), removal
(0447T), and removal and insertion (0048T) of an implantable interstitial glucose sensor, which describes our Eversense CGM
systems, as a medical benefit, rather than as part of the Durable Medical Equipment channel that includes other CGMs.
We are in the early commercialization stages of the Eversense brand and are focused on driving awareness of our CGM
system amongst intensively managed patients and their healthcare providers. In both the United States and our overseas markets,
we entered into a strategic partnerships and distribution agreements that allow third party collaborators with direct sales forces
and established distribution systems to market and promote Senseonics CGM systems, including Eversense, Eversense XL and
future generation products.
United States Development and Commercialization of Eversense
In 2016, we completed our PRECISE II pivotal clinical trial in the United States. This trial, which was fully enrolled
with 90 subjects, was conducted at eight sites in the United States. In the trial, we measured the accuracy of Eversense
measurements through 90 days after insertion. We also assessed safety through 90 days after insertion or through sensor removal.
In the trial, we observed a mean absolute relative difference, or MARD, of 8.5% utilizing two calibration points for Eversense
across the 40-400 mg/dL range when compared to YSI blood reference values during the 90-day continuous wear period. Based
on the data from this trial, in October 2016 we submitted a pre-market approval, or PMA, application to the FDA to market
Eversense in the United States for 90-day use. On June 21, 2018, we received PMA approval from the FDA for the Eversense
system. In July 2018, we began distributing the Eversense system
68
Table of Contents
directly in the United States through our own direct sales and marketing organization. We have received Category III CPT codes
for the insertion and removal of the Eversense sensor.
In December 2018, we initiated the PROMISE pivotal clinical trial to evaluate the safety and accuracy of Eversense for a
period of up to 180 days in the United States. In September 30, 2019, we completed enrollment of the PROMISE trial. In the trial,
we observed performance matching that of the current Eversense 90-day product available in the United States, with a mean
absolute relative difference, or MARD, of 8.5%-9.6%. This result was achieved with reduced calibration, down to one per day,
while also doubling the sensor life to 180 days. Following the results of the PROMISE trial, on September 30, 2020, a Premarket
Approval, or PMA, supplement application to extend the wearable life of the Eversense CGM System to 180 days was submitted
to the FDA.
In March 2019, we launched a patient access program, the Eversense Bridge Program, to assist those patients who do not
have insurance coverage for Eversense, or whose insurance is denied or insufficient. Pursuant to this program, we provided
financial assistance to eligible patients purchasing Eversense, which may have been substantial depending on a patient’s
insurance coverage. We also assisted patients in their appeal of adverse coverage decisions made by insurance providers. In
December 2020, we terminated the Eversense Bridge Program. We expect our partner Ascensia to implement a patient assistance
program and related programs as part of its commercialization efforts. The lack of a patient assistance program, or a program’s
design being ineffective, could adversely impact the sales of Eversense and, consequently our net revenues. In addition, we may
not be able to recognize a substantial portion of the revenue related to Eversense insertions for the patients participating in these
access programs, or previously the Bridge Program. The amount of time required to obtain favorable coverage and reimbursement
decisions, including navigating the appeals process with third-party payors, is uncertain, and we may see increased product
utilization without corresponding recognized revenue. Our operating results may be adversely impacted if we are unable to obtain
successful appeals or favorable coverage decisions by insurance providers, or if there are not effective patient access programs in
place.
In June 2019, we received FDA approval for the non-adjunctive indication (dosing claim) for the Eversense system and
launched with an updated app in December 2019. With this approval, the Eversense system can be used as a therapeutic CGM to
replace fingerstick blood glucose measurement for treatment decisions, including insulin dosing.
On February 26, 2020, we announced that the FDA approved a subgroup of PROMISE trial participants to continue for a
total of 365 days to gather feasibility data on the safety and accuracy of a 365-day sensor. This sub-set of 30 participants were left
undisturbed for 365 days with the goal of measuring accuracy and longevity over the full 365 days. Following information
gathered from this sub-set and continued development efforts, and pending developments at the FDA relating to the ongoing the
ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, in the second half of 2021 we plan to seek Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, from the
FDA to explore the 365-day sensor in a clinical trial. If the IDE is approved in a timely manner, we would target to begin
enrollment of a clinical trial, in which we intend to include a pediatric population, in the first half of 2022.
In April 2020, we announced that we received regulatory approval in Europe such that the Eversense XL is no longer
contraindicated for MRI, which means the sensor does not need to be removed from under the skin during MRI scanning. We had
previously obtained this indication for Eversense in the United States in 2019. This MRI approval is a first for the CGM category,
as all other sensors are required to be removed during an MRI scan.
On August 9, 2020, we entered into a collaboration and commercialization agreement with Ascensia pursuant to which
we granted Ascensia the exclusive right to distribute our 90-day Eversense continuous glucose monitoring system and our 180-
day Eversense continuous glucose monitoring system worldwide for people with diabetes, with the following initial exceptions:
(i) until January 31, 2021, the territory did not include countries covered by our then existing distribution agreement with Roche
Diagnostics International AG and Roche Diabetes Care GmbH, which are the Europe, Middle East and Asia, excluding
Scandinavia and Israel, and 17 additional countries, including Brazil, Russia, India and China, as well as select markets in the
Asia Pacific and Latin American regions; (ii) until September 13, 2021, the territory does not include countries covered by our
current distribution agreement with Rubin Medical, which are Sweden, Norway and Denmark; and (iii) until May 31, 2022, the
territory does not include Israel. Pursuant to the Commercialization Agreement, in the United States, Ascensia began providing
sales support for the 90-day Eversense
69
Table of Contents
product on October 1, 2020 and the parties have been planning and making arrangements for Ascensia to ramp up sales activities
and more fully assume commercial responsibilities in the second quarter of 2021. The Eversense 180-day product is planned to be
marketed upon receipt of marketing approval from the FDA. In Germany, Italy and Switzerland, Spain, Poland and the
Netherlands, Ascensia assumed commercial responsibilities for Eversense XL beginning on February 1, 2021. For Sweden and
Norway, Ascensia will assume commercial responsibilities later this year. Ascensia is entitled to receive a portion of net revenue
at specified tiered percentages ranging from the mid-teens to the mid-forty’s based on levels of global net revenues. Ascensia is
obligated to achieve specified minimum annual revenue targets and meet specified levels of sales and marketing spend in order to
maintain its exclusive distribution rights. Ascensia purchases Eversense and Eversense XL from us at negotiated prices. We
remain responsible for product development and manufacturing, including regulatory submissions, approvals and registrations
and second level customer support, and Ascensia is responsible for sales, marketing, market access, patient and provider
onboarding and first level customer support. We have agreed to establish a joint alliance committee and joint marketing
committee, each with equal representation from each party, in order to collaborate.
European Commercialization of Eversense
In September 2017, we received the CE mark for Eversense XL, which is indicated for a sensor life of up to 180 days.
Eversense XL began commercialization in Europe in the fourth quarter of 2017. All such commercialization and marketing
activities remain subject to applicable government approvals.
In May 2016, we entered into a distribution agreement with Roche Diagnostics International AG and Roche Diabetes
Care GmbH, together referred to as Roche. Pursuant to the agreement, as amended, we have granted Roche the exclusive right to
market, sell and distribute Eversense in the EMEA, excluding Scandinavia and Israel. In addition, Roche has exclusive
distribution rights in 17 additional countries, including Brazil, Russia, India and China, as well as select markets in the Asia
Pacific and Latin American regions. Roche is obligated to purchase from us specified minimum volumes of Eversense XL CGM
components at pre-determined prices. On December 12, 2019, we further amended the distribution agreement to lower minimum
volumes for 2020 and increase pricing for the remaining period of the contract. On November 30, 2020 we entered into a final
amendment and settlement agreement with Roche to facilitate the transition of distribution to Ascensia as sales conclude on
January 31, 2021, including final purchases, and transition support activities. The distribution rights under the agreement expired
January 31, 2021, subject to Roche providing certain transition and wind-down services for approximately six months in markets
where Ascensia is not initiating distribution.
COVID-19
On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization, or the WHO, announced a global health emergency because of a
new strain of coronavirus, or COVID-19, and the risks to the international community as the virus spreads globally. On March 11,
2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. In response to
the pandemic, many states and jurisdictions have issued stay-at-home orders and other measures aimed at slowing the spread of
the coronavirus. The state of Maryland, where we are headquartered, has been affected by COVID-19. The Governor of Maryland
issued an order closing all non-essential businesses, which took effect on March 23, 2020. Although the state of Maryland is
gradually undergoing a phased reopening plan, substantially all of our workforce is still working from home either all or
substantially all of the time. Additionally, because our sensor requires an in-clinic procedure, we saw a reduction in access to
clinics and sensor insertions during the initial outbreak.
During the latter half of 2020, several new order requests from our distributors led to adjustments to concession
allowances previously provided to some of our customers in the United States to reflect actual product usage. While these trends
are promising, insertion volumes are still below pre-COVID-19 levels. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic infection rates in
the United States are still high, vaccine distribution has only just begun, and it is difficult to predict the longevity and severity
COVID-19 will have on our business.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic’s disruption to our operations, suppliers, employees, and the healthcare
community in which we sell to and support, and our limited cash resources, in March 2020, we made significant
70
Table of Contents
reductions in our cost structure and operations to improve cash flow and generate future expenditure savings to ensure the long-
term success of Eversense. Specifically, in the first quarter of 2020, we temporarily suspended commercial sales and marketing of
the Eversense CGM System in the United States to new patients to solely focus our resources on supporting existing users,
including ensuring broader insurance coverage for Eversense, and the development and regulatory submission of our new 180-day
Eversense product in the United States. In connection with these actions, on March 26, 2020, we reduced our workforce by
approximately 60%, over half of which were sales personnel.
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates, particularly
estimates relating to accounting for variable consideration related to revenue, warranty obligations, inventory obsolescence and
embedded derivatives, have a material impact on our financial statements and are discussed in detail throughout our analysis of
the results of operations discussed below.
We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets, liabilities and equity
that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results and outcomes could differ from these estimates and assumptions.
Revenue
We generate product revenue from sales of the Eversense system and related components and supplies at a fixed price to
third-party distributors in the European Union and to a network of strategic fulfillment partners in the United States, or
collectively, Customers, who then resell the products to health care providers and patients. We are paid for our sales directly to
the Customers, regardless of whether or not the Customers resell the products to health care providers and patients. Under the
terms of our distribution agreement with Roche, Roche was contractually obligated to make certain minimum purchases of
Eversense systems from us and, accordingly, the revenue we recognize for any given period is not necessarily indicative of the
level of sales to end users for that, or any other, period.
Revenue from product sales is recognized at a point in time when the Customers obtain control of our product based
upon the delivery terms as defined in the contract at an amount that reflects the consideration which we expect to receive in
exchange for the product. Contracts with our distributors contain performance obligations, mostly for the supply of goods, and is
typically satisfied upon transfer of control of the product.
We recognize revenue only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative
revenue recognized will not occur in a future period. Our contracts may contain some form of variable consideration such as
prompt-pay discounts or tier-volume price discounts. Variable consideration, including reimbursements paid by us to our
Customers in accordance with the Eversense Bridge Program initiated in March 2019 and to a lesser extent, other discounts, is
treated as a reduction in revenue when the product sale is recognized. Depending on the variable consideration, we develop
estimates for the expected value based on the terms of the agreements, historical data, third-party payor mix, reimbursement rates,
and market conditions. In connection with the Eversense Bridge Program, we reimburse participating Customers an amount up to
a fixed maximum for the difference in the cost of the Eversense System and what they collect from insurance payors and the
patient’s fee of $99. Our Customers are responsible for confirming patient insurance coverage, obtaining pre-authorizations,
determining eligibility, and continuously provide us with data regarding which patient orders are under the program and which
are not. We use this data, along with actual reimbursements that have been validated to patient claims, to support our expected
reimbursement estimates. Estimated reimbursement payments for product shipped to our Customers but not provided to a patient
within the same reporting period are recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in our accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. The Eversense Bridge Program concluded on December 31, 2020, and the remaining estimated
liability is likely not material.
71
Table of Contents
Warranty Obligations
We provide a one-year warranty on our smart transmitters to our customers. We may also replace Eversense system
components that do not function in accordance with the product specifications. Estimated replacement costs are recorded at the
time of shipment as a charge to cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations and are developed by analyzing product
performance data and historical replacement experience, including comparing actual return management authorizations to
revenues.
Inventory and Obsolescence
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the standard cost method that
approximates first in, first out. We record an adjustment to reduce the value of inventory for items that are potentially obsolete,
where the standard costs require adjustment to the net realizable value, and are in excess of future demand taking into
consideration the product shelf life. Our sensor manufacturing process can span several months, involves various contract
manufacturers and includes raw components with long lead times, often resulting in significant work-in-progress inventory.
However, expiry does not commence until the chemistry is applied to the sensor. We are able to isolate pre-chemistry sensor
inventory in progress from post-chemistry sensor inventory and finished goods to assess against demand forecasts and customer
dating requirements for potential excess or obsolete inventory. Our estimates are based on information known at the time and
include factors such as anticipated future usage and sales, potential for external unfavorable conditions such as import holds or
quality issues, and planned product upgrades. However, if actual product quality or conditions differ from our assumptions,
additional inventory adjustments that would increase cost of sales could be required.
Derivative Financial Instruments
In connection with our issuance of the convertible senior subordinated notes due 2023, or the 2023 Notes in January
2018, we bifurcated the embedded conversion option, along with the interest make-whole provision and make-whole fundamental
change provision, and recorded the embedded conversion option as a derivative liability in our consolidated balance sheets in
accordance with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
In July 2019, we issued $82.0 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior subordinated notes due 2025,
or the 2025 Notes. In connection with the 2025 Notes, we bifurcated the embedded conversion option along with the fundamental
change make-whole provision and the cash settled fundamental make-whole shares provision, and recorded the fair value of these
embedded features as a derivative liability in our consolidated balance sheets in accordance with Accounting Standards
Codification, or ASC, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
On April 21, 2020, we entered into the Highbridge Loan Agreement, in which we borrowed an aggregate principal
amount of $15.0 million through the issuance and sale of the First Lien Notes and issued 1,500,000 shares of our common stock
to the Lenders as a commitment fee. The First Lien Notes also contained redemption features that were evaluated for bifurcation
as separate derivative instruments including the permitted prepayment put option, the mandatory accelerated redemption and the
mandatory redemption and reinvestment upon an asset sale. We recorded the fair value of the embedded features in the amount of
$1.0 million as a debt premium and derivative asset in our consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC Topic 815,
Derivatives and Hedging. The derivative was adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with the change recorded in change
in fair value of derivatives that is a component of other income (expense) in our consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive loss. On August 14, 2020, we prepaid the First Lien Notes in full, including the discounted prepayment premium,
in the amount of approximately $17.6 million and recognized a loss on extinguishment in the amount of $0.7 million.
On April 21, 2020, we entered into a Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement with certain funds managed by
Highbridge providing for the exchange (the “Exchange”) of $24.0 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 2025
Notes for (i) $15.7 million aggregate principal amount of newly issued Second Lien Notes, (ii) 11,026,086 shares of common
stock, (iii) warrants to purchase up to 4,500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.66 per share, and (iv) $0.3
million in accrued and unpaid interest on the 2025 Notes being exchanged. On August 9, 2020, we entered into a First
Amendment to Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement with Highbridge (as amended by the Amendment, the “Exchange
Agreement”). The Second Lien Notes also contain redemption features that were evaluated for bifurcation as separate derivative
instruments including the permitted prepayment put option, the mandatory accelerated redemption and the mandatory redemption
and reinvestment upon an asset sale. Unlike the First Lien Notes,
72
Table of Contents
the Second Lien Notes also permit voluntary conversion at the option of the holder as described above. We recorded the fair value
of these embedded features in the amount of $1.9 million as a derivative asset in our consolidated balance sheets in accordance
with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The derivative is adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with the change
in the fair value recorded in change in fair value of derivatives that is a component of other income (expense) in our consolidated
statement of operations and comprehensive loss. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, Highbridge elected to convert
the full $15.7 million of outstanding principal on the Second Lien Notes.
In August 2020, we issued $35.0 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior secured notes due 2024, or
the PHC Notes. The Note Purchase Agreement also contained several provisions requiring bifurcation as a separate derivative
liability including an embedded conversion feature, mandatory prepayment upon event of default that constitutes a breach of the
minimum revenue financial covenant, optional redemption upon an event of default, change in interest rate after PMA approval
and default interest upon an event of default. We recorded the fair value of the embedded features as a derivative liability in our
consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
The derivative instruments are remeasured at the end of each reporting period with changes in fair value recorded in the
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in other income (expense) as a change in fair value of the
derivative liability. The fair value assessment incorporates management’s assumptions for probabilities of conversion occurrence
through maturity, stock price, volatility, risky bond rate, and trade data when available. We engage a third-party valuation
specialist to perform the valuation using the binomial option pricing model.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Revenue, net
Revenue, net - related parties
Total revenue
Cost of sales
Gross loss
Expenses:
Sales and marketing expenses
Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses
Operating loss
Other income (expense), net:
Interest income
Loss on fair value adjustment
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Loss on issuance of debt & other issuance costs
Interest expense
Debt issuance costs
Gain (Loss) on fair value and change in fair value of derivatives
Impairment costs
Other expense
Total other (expense) income, net
$
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
(in thousands)
1,368 $
3,581
4,949
22,315
(17,366)
4,924 $
16,377
21,301
40,749
(19,448)
20,550
20,413
20,801
(79,130)
175
(30,721)
(21,112)
(12,706)
(16,167)
(1,216)
(11,641)
(2,339)
(311)
(96,038)
49,555
38,430
23,229
(130,662)
1,933
—
(398)
—
(11,799)
(3,344)
29,232
—
(511)
15,113
Period-to-
Period Change
(3,556)
(12,796)
(16,352)
(18,434)
2,082
(29,005)
(18,017)
(2,428)
51,532
(1,758)
(30,721)
(20,714)
(12,706)
(4,368)
2,128
(40,873)
(2,339)
200
(111,151)
Net loss
$ (175,168)
$ (115,549)
$
(59,619)
73
Table of Contents
Revenue, net
Our total net revenue decreased to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $21.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $16.4 million. This decrease was primarily due to decreased sales of the Eversense
CGM System outside of the United States.
Cost of sales
Our cost of sales decreased to $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $40.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $18.4 million. This decrease was primarily attributable to decreased product costs
of $17.2 million due to the temporary suspension of manufacturing activities resulting from changes made to our operational
focus.
Gross profit (loss) was $(17.4) million and $(19.4) million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, was (350.9)% and (91.3)% for the years ended December
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in gross profit was due to lower sales and inventory impairment as a result of
temporary suspension of commercial activities.
Sales and marketing expenses
Sales and marketing expenses were $20.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $49.6 million for
the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $29.0 million. The decrease was primarily the result of our headcount reduction
on March 26, 2020, which impacted the majority of the sales organization, resulting in a decline in salary and personnel costs of
$15.4 million and a decline of $13.6 million related to travel, trade shows, consultants and other regional marketing programs to
market Eversense, due to the temporary suspension of commercial activities.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses were $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $38.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $18.0 million. The decrease was due to decrease of $7.9 million for
clinical trial costs primarily related to the PROMISE trial, $6.5 million decrease of consulting, outside services and other
expenses resulting from our change in operational plans to focus on our regulatory submission for the new 180-day Eversense
product in the United States, $1.9 million decrease related to lab supplies, software and travel reductions and $1.7 million
decrease for salary and other personnel related costs following our reduction in workforce in March 2020.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses were $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $23.2
million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $2.4 million. The decrease was primarily due to a $1.9 million
decrease in other general and administrative costs to support our operations, which includes recruiting, IT supplies and services,
and travel, $0.6 million decrease in legal expenses related to patents and trademarks, and $0.2 million decrease in salaries,
bonuses and payroll related costs for reduction in headcount, offset by $0.3 million increase in occupancy cost.
Total other income (expense), net
Total other income (expense), net, was ($96.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $15.1
million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $111.1 million. The decrease was primarily due to a $40.9 million
change in fair value on our derivative liabilities, a $30.7 million loss on fair value adjustment for the Masters and Energy Capital
transactions, a $20.7 million loss on extinguishment of debt, an aggregate of $12.7 million of loss on debt issuance, related to the
Series A preferred stock financing and other issuance costs related to the equity line with Energy Capital, $4.4 million in interest
expense and $2.3 million impairment expense related to the PHC option
74
Table of Contents
and $1.7 million in lower interest income, offset by an aggregate reduction of $2.3 million in debt issuance costs and other
expense.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
Period-to-
Period Change
Revenue, net
Revenue, net - related parties
Total revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit (loss)
Expenses:
Sales and marketing expense
Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses
Operating loss
Other income (expense):
Interest income
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Interest expense
Debt issuance costs
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Other (expense) income
Total other expense, net
Net loss
Revenue
(in thousands)
4,924 $
$
16,377
21,301
40,749
(19,448)
2,039 $
16,874
18,913
27,059
(8,146)
49,555
38,430
23,229
(130,662)
27,730
31,863
19,839
(87,578)
1,933
(398)
(11,799)
(3,344)
29,232
(511)
15,113
$ (115,549)
2,001
—
(8,282)
—
209
(321)
(6,393)
$ (93,971)
$
2,885
(497)
2,388
13,690
(11,302)
21,825
6,567
3,390
(43,084)
(68)
(398)
(3,517)
(3,344)
29,023
(190)
21,506
(21,578)
Our total net revenue increased to $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $18.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $2.4 million. This increase was primarily due to increased U.S. sales of
Eversense, net of reimbursements in connection with the Eversense Bridge Program.
Cost of Sales
Our cost of sales increased to $40.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $27.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $13.7 million. This increase was primarily attributable to increased impairment
charges of $5.3 million due to obsolete inventory and product enhancements, $3.3 million for scrap and costs to streamline our
sensor supply chain, $3.0 million for warranty expenses, $1.0 million for product back-ups and replacements associated with the
recall of 844 uninserted sensors in the third quarter of 2019 and a net increase of $1.1 million for packaging, warehousing and
logistics related costs.
Gross profit was $(19.4) million and $(8.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, was (91.3)% and (43.1)% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively.
75
Table of Contents
Sales and marketing expenses
Sales and marketing expenses were $49.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $27.7 million for
the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $21.8 million. The increase was primarily due to increased commercialization
efforts in the United States during 2019, including a $13.0 million increase in salaries, commissions and payroll related costs for
additional headcount, an increase in marketing costs of $6.4 million mainly related to consultants and travel, and an increase of
$2.4 million for marketing programs, customer support services and software.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses were $38.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $31.9
million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $6.6 million. The increase was primarily due to a $7.9 million
increase related to the PROMISE clinical trial and other post-approval and feasibility studies, a $0.8 million increase in salaries,
bonuses and payroll related costs for additional headcount, partially offset by a decrease in contractual services of $2.1 million
due to the FDA approval of Eversense in the United States in July 2018.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses were $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $19.8
million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $3.4 million. The increase was primarily due to a $1.3 million
increase in salaries, bonuses and payroll related costs for additional headcount, a $1.3 million increase in other general and
administrative costs to support our operations, and a $1.1 million increase for legal, audit and consulting fees.
Total other expense, net
Total other income (expense), net, was $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $(6.4) million
for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $21.5 million. The increase was primarily due to a $29.2 million change in
fair value on our derivative liabilities in connection with the 2023 and 2025 Notes in 2019, offset by a $7.3 million increase in
interest expense, debt issuance costs, and loss on the extinguishment of debt associated with the modification of the 2023 Notes
and issuance of the 2025 Notes in July 2019.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
From our founding in 1996 until 2010, we devoted substantially all of our resources to researching various sensor
technologies and platforms. Beginning in 2010, we narrowed our focus to developing and refining a commercially viable glucose
monitoring system. However, to date, we have not generated any significant revenue from product sales. We have incurred
substantial losses and cumulative negative cash flows from operations since our inception in October 1996. We have never been
profitable and our net losses were $175.2 million, $115.5 million, and $94.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $648.5 million. To date, we have funded our
operations principally through the issuance of preferred stock, common stock, convertible note issuance and debt. As of
December 31, 2020, we had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $18.2 million.
On January 21, 2021, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement, which was subsequently amended and
restated on the same day (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC, as representative of the
underwriters (the “Underwriters”), to issue and sell 51,948,052 shares of common stock, in an underwritten public offering
pursuant to effective registration statements on Form S-3, including and a related prospectus and prospectus supplement, in each
case filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Offering”). The price to the public in the Offering was $1.925 per
share of common stock. The Underwriters agreed to purchase the shares from the Company pursuant to the Underwriting
Agreement at a price of $1.799875 per share and the Company also agreed to reimburse them for customary fees and expenses.
The initial closing of the Offering occurred on January 26, 2021. Subsequent to the initial closing, the Underwriters exercised
their option to purchase an additional 7,792,207 shares of Common Stock.
76
Table of Contents
Total net proceeds from the Offering were $106.1 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses.
On January 17, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with
certain institutional purchasers (the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which the Company sold to the Purchasers, in a registered direct
offering (the “Registered Direct Offering”), an aggregate of 40,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.001 par value
per share. The Shares were sold at a purchase price of $1.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $50
million, before deducting fees to the placement agent and other estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Shares
were offered and sold by the Company pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3, which was originally
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 27, 2019. The net proceeds to the Company from the
Registered Direct Offering, after deducting fees and expenses and the estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, are
approximately $46.1 million.
On November 9, 2020, we entered into an equity line agreement (the “Equity Line Agreement”) with Energy Capital,
LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“Energy Capital”), which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
and limitations set forth therein, Energy Capital is committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $12.0 million of shares of the
Company’s newly designated series B convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) at the Company’s request from
time to time during the 24-month term of the Equity Line Agreement. Under the Equity Line Agreement, beginning January 21,
2021, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including that we have less than $8 million of cash, cash equivalents and
other available credit (aside from availability under the Equity Line Agreement), we have the right, in our sole discretion, to
present Energy Capital with a purchase notice (each, a “Regular Purchase Notice”) directing Energy Capital (as principal) to
purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $1,000 per share (not to exceed $4.0 million worth of shares) once per
month, up to an aggregate of $12.0 million of our Series B Preferred Stock at a per share price (the “Purchase Price”) equal to
$1,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, with each share of Series B Preferred Stock initially convertible into common stock,
beginning six months after the date of its issuance, at a conversion price of $0.3951 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution
adjustments, including in the event of any stock split. The Equity Line Agreement provides that we shall not affect any Regular
Purchase under the Equity Line Agreement on any date where the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE American is
less than $0.25 without the approval of Energy Capital. In addition, beginning on January 1, 2022, subject to the satisfaction of
certain conditions, if the full $12.0 million of Series B Preferred Stock has not been sold pursuant to Regular Purchases, Energy
Capital may, at its sole discretion, by its delivery to us of a Purchase Notice, from time to time, purchase up to the amount then
remaining available under the Equity Line Agreement at the Purchase Price.
On August 9, 2020, we entered into a financing agreement with Ascensia’s parent company, PHC, pursuant to which we
issued $35.0 million in aggregate principal amount 2024 Notes, to PHC. We also issued PHC 2,941,176 shares of common stock
to PHC as a financing fee. We also have the option to sell and issue PHC up to $15.0 million of convertible preferred stock on or
before December 31, 2022, contingent upon obtaining approval for the 180-day Eversense product for marketing in the United
States before such date. Upon the closing of the 2024 Notes, we prepaid the First Lien Notes in full in the amount of
approximately $17.6 million, which includes the discounted prepayment premium.
Additionally, on August 9, 2020, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Masters, pursuant to which we
issued and sold to Masters 3,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at a price of $1,000.00 per share in an initial closing. Masters
also had the option to purchase up to an additional 27,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1,000.00 per share in
subsequent closings, subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement, as amended, through January 11, 2021.
In January 2021, Masters and its assignees purchased in aggregate an additional 22,783 shares of Series A Preferred Stock,
resulting in additional gross proceeds of $22.8 million. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is initially convertible into a
number of shares of common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the conversion price of $0.476 per share, subject to customary
anti-dilution adjustments, including in the event of any stock split. The Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior to the common
stock. Upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to
receive an amount per share equal to the greater of the purchase price paid and the amount that the holder would have been
entitled to receive at such time if the Series A Preferred Stock were converted into common stock. The holders are also be entitled
to participate in dividends declared or paid on the common stock on an as-converted basis. If we undergo a change of control,
each holder has the right to
77
Table of Contents
cause us to redeem any or all of the Series A Preferred Stock for cash consideration equal to the liquidation amount. The holders
of Series A Preferred Stock generally are entitled to vote with the holders of the shares of common stock on all matters submitted
for a vote of holders of shares of common stock (voting together with the holders of shares of common stock as one class) on an
as-converted basis. Additionally, certain matters require the approval of the majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock,
voting as a separate class, including (i) altering or changing adversely the powers, privileges, preferences or rights of the Series A
Preferred Stock, or (ii) amendments, modifications, repeal or waiver of any provision of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws
or of the certificate of designations that would adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of the Series A
Preferred Stock. As of March 3, 2021, 23,783 shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted to common stock and 2,000
shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding.
At the Market Offering
In November 2019, we entered into an Open Market Sale Agreement with Jefferies LLC which allows us to issue and
sell up to $50 million in gross proceeds of our common stock. As of December 31, 2020, we have received $0.1 million in net
proceeds from the sale of 175,289 shares under this agreement.
Warrants
On July 16, 2019, we issued Solar warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares of the Company’s common
stock with an exercise price of $1.20 per share, or the Solar Warrants. The Solar Warrants are exercisable until July 25, 2029.
Subsequent to December 31, 2020, the Solar Warrants have been exercised in full on a net basis.
On November 9, 2020, we issued Energy Capital warrants to purchase up to 10,000,000 shares of Company’s common
stock with an exercise price of $0.3951 per share, or the Energy Capital Warrants. The Energy Capital Warrants have a vesting
date of May 9, 2021. The Warrants can be exercised, in either a cashless exercise or a cash basis, at any time after the vesting date
but prior to November 9, 2030. Energy Capital may exercise the Warrants at any time after the vesting date, without
contingencies and independently of whether any shares of Series B preferred stock are issued.
Indebtedness
Term Loans
On July 16, 2019, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement, or the Solar Loan Agreement, with Solar Capital,
Ltd., or Solar. Pursuant to the Solar Loan Agreement, on July 25, 2019, or the effective date, we borrowed the Solar Term Loan in
an aggregate principal amount of $45.0 million, or the Solar Term Loan. We used $11.6 million of the Solar Term Loan to repay
in full the term loans, or the Oxford/SVB Term Loans and together with the Solar Term Loan, the Term Loans, borrowed
pursuant to our Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford, and Silicon Valley
Bank, or SVB.
As described in our Overview and Business Updates, on March 22, 2020 we terminated our Loan and Security
Agreement with Solar and repaid the $45.0 million principal balance in full.
PPP Loan
On April 22, 2020, we received $5.8 million in loan funding from the PPP pursuant to the CARES Act, as amended by
the Flexibility Act, and administered by the SBA. The unsecured loan, or the PPP Loan, is evidenced by the PPP Note dated April
21, 2020, or the PPP Note, in the principal amount of $5.8 million with Silicon Valley Bank, or the Bank.
Under the terms of the PPP Note and the PPP Loan, interest accrues on the outstanding principal at a rate of 1.0% per
annum. The term of the PPP Note is two years, though it may be payable sooner in connection with an event of default under the
PPP Note. To the extent the loan amount is not forgiven under the PPP, we are obligated to make equal monthly payments of
principal and interest, beginning after determination of forgiveness by the Bank. We may apply for forgiveness any time on or
before the maturity date of the loan. If we do not apply for loan forgiveness within ten months
78
Table of Contents
after the last day of the covered period, the PPP loan is no longer deferred, and we must begin paying principal and interest.
The CARES Act and the PPP provide a mechanism for forgiveness of up to the full amount borrowed. Under the PPP,
we may apply for forgiveness for all or a part of our PPP Loan. The amount of loan proceeds eligible for forgiveness is based on a
formula that takes into account a number of factors, including the amount of loan proceeds used by us during the specified period
after the loan origination for certain purposes including payroll costs, interest on debt obligations incurred prior to February 15,
2020, rent payments on certain leases, and certain qualified utility payments, provided that at least 60% of the loan amount is used
for eligible payroll costs; the employer maintaining or rehiring employees and maintaining salaries at certain levels; and other
factors. Subject to the other requirements and limitations on loan forgiveness, only loan proceeds spent on payroll and other
eligible costs during the covered specified period will qualify for forgiveness. As a result of our workforce reduction, the amount
of forgiveness will correspondingly decrease.
The PPP Note may be prepaid in part or in full, at any time, without penalty. The PPP Note provides for certain
customary events of default, including (i) failing to make a payment when due under the PPP Note, (ii) failure to do anything
required by the PPP Note or any other loan document, (iii) defaults of any other loan with the Bank, (iv) failure to disclose any
material fact or make a materially false or misleading representation to the Bank or SBA, (v) default on any loan or agreement
with another creditor, if the Bank believes the default may materially affect our ability to pay the PPP Note, (vi) failure to pay any
taxes when due, (vii) becoming the subject of a proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, having a receiver or
liquidator appointed for any part of our business or property, or making an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (viii) having
any adverse change in financial condition or business operation that the Bank believes may materially affect our ability to pay the
PPP Note, (ix) if we reorganize, merge, consolidate, or otherwise change ownership or business structure without the Bank’s prior
written consent, or (x) becoming the subject of a civil or criminal action that the Bank believes may materially affect our ability to
pay the PPP Note. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the Bank has customary remedies and may, among other things,
require immediate payment of all amounts owed under the PPP Note, collect all amounts owing from us, and file suit and obtain
judgment against us.
Highbridge Loan Agreement
On April 21, 2020, we entered into the Highbridge Loan Agreement, with certain funds managed by Highbridge Capital
Management, LLC, or Highbridge, as the lenders (together with the other lenders from time to time party thereto, or the Lenders)
and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, SCB, as collateral agent.
Pursuant to the Highbridge Loan Agreement, we borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million on April 24,
2020 through the issuance and sale of First Lien Notes. In connection with the Highbridge Loan Agreement and receipt of the first
tranche of borrowing, we issued 1,500,000 shares of our common stock to the Lenders as a commitment fee.
Upon the closing of the PHC Notes, we prepaid the First Lien Notes in full in the amount of approximately $17.6
million, which includes the discounted prepayment premium.
Exchange Agreement with Highbridge
On April 21, 2020 we entered into a Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement, or the Exchange Agreement, which we
subsequently amended on August 9, 2020, with certain funds managed by Highbridge providing for the exchange of $24.0 million
aggregate principal amount of our outstanding senior convertible notes due January 15, 2025, or the 2025 Notes, for (i) $15.7
million aggregate principal amount of newly issued Second Lien Secured Notes, or the Second Lien Notes, (ii) 11,026,086 shares
of our common stock, (iii) warrants to purchase up to 4,500,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.66 per
share, and (iv) $0.3 million in accrued and unpaid interest on the 2025 Notes being exchanged. The exchange closed on April 24,
2020. The warrants may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis at any time through the three year anniversary of the issuance
date.
79
Table of Contents
As amended by the Amendment, effective as of the Closing Date, the holders of the Second Lien Notes had the right to
convert the aggregate principal of the Second Lien Notes (together with any applicable prepayment premium) to common stock at
a price per share equal to 90% of the greater of (i) the daily volume weighted average of the price per share of the common stock,
on the conversion date, or if the conversion date is not a trading date, the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date and
(ii) $0.33 per share. This conversion option had a daily limit of $1,000,000 in aggregate converted principal (inclusive of
principal amount of First Lien Notes that were voluntarily converted). During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020,
Highbridge elected to convert the full $15.7 million of outstanding principal on the Second Lien Notes for issuance of 42,776,936
shares of common stock, which included prepayment premiums and were based off of our election of PIK interest.
Convertible Notes
The following table summarizes our outstanding senior convertible note obligations at December 31, 2020:
Convertible
Note
2023 Notes
2025 Notes
PHC Notes
Issuance
Date
Aggregate
Principal
Coupon (in millions)
January 2018 5.25% $
July 2019
August 2020
5.25%
9.50%
15.7
57.7
36.3
Maturity
Date
February 1, 2023
January 15, 2025
October 31, 2024
Initial Conversion
Rate per $1,000
Conversion Price
per Share of
Principal Amount Common Stock
$
294.1176
757.5758
1867.4136
3.40
1.32
0.54
See Note 10 in the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual
Report for further discussion of the 2023 Notes, PHC Notes and 2025 Notes.
Funding Requirements and Outlook
Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends on the successful commercialization and adoption of
our Eversense CGM systems by diabetes patients and healthcare providers, along with future product development, regulatory
approvals, and post-approval requirements. These activities, including our ongoing focus to grow covered lives through positive
insurance payor policy decisions and obtain approval for Eversense 180-day product in the United States, will require significant
uses of working capital through 2021 and beyond.
We expect that existing cash, cash equivalents and cash flows from our future operations will be sufficient to meet the
Company’s current published operating plans for the foreseeable future. As part of our liquidity strategy, we will continue to
monitor our capital structure and operating plans and we may access the capital markets or debt markets for additional funding if
the opportunity arises to enhance our capital structure for changes to our operating plans, for financing strategic initiatives and to
provide financial flexibility.
Cash Flows
The following is a summary of cash flows for each of the periods set forth below (in thousands):
Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Net cash used in operating activities
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
$ (67,422) $ (136,047) $ (90,771)
2018
2020
(181)
(10,130)
$ (77,733)
(1,045)
96,237
$ (40,855)
19,426
191,988
$ 120,643
Net cash used in operating activities was $67.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and consisted of a net loss
of $175.2 million and provision for inventory obsolescence of $4.2 million, offset by a change in the fair value
80
Table of Contents
adjustment of $30.7 million, related to the Master and Energy Capital transactions, loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount
of $21.1 million, non-cash interest expense of $11.0 million, a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $13.8 million,
change in fair value of derivative liabilities of $11.6 million, loss on issuance of debt, other issuance cost and impairment of asset
of $15.0 million, stock-based compensation expense of $7.3 million and other non-cash charges of $1.5 million.
Net cash used in operating activities was $136.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, and consisted of a net
loss of $115.5 million and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $(13.5) million, a change in the fair value of
derivative liabilities of $(29.2) million, stock-based compensation expense of $8.1 million, non-cash interest expense of $8.5
million, loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $0.4 million and other non-cash charges of $5.2 million.
Net cash used in operating activities was $90.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and consisted of a net loss
of $94.0 million and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $(6.7) million, partially offset by stock-based compensation
expense of $6.4 million, non-cash interest expense of $3.3 million, and other non-cash charges of $0.2 million.
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Net used in investing activities was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and consisted of $0.2 million of
capital expenditures, primarily for production equipment.
Net used in investing activities was $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, and consisted of $1.0 million of
capital expenditures, primarily for production equipment.
Net cash provided by investing activities was $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and consisted of
$28.4 million from the sale of marketable securities, partially offset by $1.0 million of capital expenditures for laboratory
equipment, and $8.0 million for the purchase of marketable securities.
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and primarily consisted of
$66.1 million for the repayment of outstanding principal on our Solar Loan Agreement and Highbridge First Lien Notes, offset by
proceeds from issuance of debt for $56.0 million, consisting $33.6 million from issuance of PHC notes, net proceeds of $14.4
million from the issuance of First Lien Notes, the PPP loan of $5.8 million and net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock of
$2.5 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $96.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, and consisted
primarily of $26.8 million from the issuance of common stock in our July 2019 offering, net of costs, $77.7 million from the
issuance of the 2025 Notes, net of costs, and $43.0 million from the Solar Term Loan, net of cost, partially offset by $15.0 million
for the repayment of the Oxford/SVB Term Loans and the repurchase of $37.0 million of 2023 Notes.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $192.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and consisted
primarily of $149.0 million from the issuance of common stock in our June 2018 Offering, $50.7 million from the issuance of the
2023 Notes, and $2.3 million from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by aggregate principal payments on our Solar
Term Loan and Oxford/SVB Term Loans of $10.0 million.
81
Table of Contents
Contractual Obligations
The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020.
Payment due by period
Contractual Obligations
Operating lease obligations
Principal payments under PPP Loan
Interest payments under PPP Loan
Principal payments under 2023 Notes
Interest payments under 2023 Notes
Principal payments under PHC Notes
Interest payments under PHC Notes (1)
Principal payments under 2025 Notes
Interest payments under 2025 Notes
Other Commitments (2)
Total contractual obligations
Total
2021
$
2,572 $
5,763
117
15,700
2,060
35,000
17,464
57,700
12,117
-
$ 148,493
$
970
3,202
99
-
824
-
-
-
3,029
-
8,124
2022-2023
1,602
2,561
18
15,700
1,236
-
-
-
6,059
-
27,176
$
2024-2025
-
-
-
-
-
35,000
17,464
57,700
3,029
-
113,193
$
$
After
2025
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1) Reflects assumption of PIK interest on these notes.
(2) Other commitments include, among other things, minimum payment obligations and other obligations in the ordinary course of business that we
cannot cancel or where we would be required to pay a fee for termination before the contractual period ended.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
During the periods presented, we did not have, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as
defined under SEC rules.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework –
Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure
requirements on fair value measurements. The new standard includes additional disclosure requirements regarding the range and
weighted average to develop significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 fair value measurements and became effective for the
Company on January 1, 2020. We have evaluated the standard and does not expect this to have a significant impact on the
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software:
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract (ASU
2018-15). This new guidance requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement to determine which implementation costs to
capitalize as assets or expense as incurred. Capitalized implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service
contract will be amortized over the term of the hosting arrangement, beginning when the module or component of the hosting
arrangement is ready for its intended use. ASU 2018-15 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. Application of this
guidance can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. We adopted the new standard on January 1, 2020 on a prospective
basis. Our adoption of ASU 2018-15 at the beginning of the first quarter of 2020 did not have a significant impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
Not yet Adopted
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on
Financial Instruments, which requires entities to record expected credit losses for certain financial instruments, including trade
receivables, as an allowance that reflects the entity's current estimate of credit losses expected to be
82
Table of Contents
incurred. For available-for-sale debt securities in unrealized loss positions, the new standard requires allowances to be recorded
instead of reducing the amortized cost of the investment. The Company does not currently hold or plan to invest in available-for-
sale securities, and has not historically experienced collection issues or bad debts with trade receivables. Accordingly, the
Company does not expect this to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures at this
time. We will adopt this guidance on its effective date for smaller reporting companies, January 1, 2023.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended
to simplify various aspects of the income tax accounting guidance, including requirements such as tax basis step-up in goodwill
obtained in a transaction that is not a business combination, ownership changes in investments, and interim-period accounting for
enacted changes in tax law. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact
that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)
and Derivatives and Hedging—Contract in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). This new guidance is intended to reduce the
complexity of accounting for convertible instruments. The guidance also addresses how convertible instruments are accounted for
in the diluted earnings per share calculation and requires enhanced disclosures about the terms of convertible instruments. Entities
may adopt ASU 2020-06 using either partial retrospective or fully retrospective method of transition. This ASU is effective for
public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years.
Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning December 15, 2020, including interim periods within that fiscal year. We
are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements, but are likely to early
adopt for fiscal year 2021.
We have evaluated all other issued unadopted ASUs and believe the adoption of these standards will not have a material
impact on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, balance sheets, or cash flows.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
The market risk inherent in our financial instruments and in our financial position represents the potential loss arising
from adverse changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of
$18.2 million and $95.9 million, respectively. We generally hold our cash in interest-bearing money market accounts or short-
term investments that meet our policy for cash equivalents. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which
is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the short-term maturities of our cash equivalents and the
low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the
fair market value of our cash equivalents. The interest rate on all of our notes payable are fixed. We do not currently engage in
hedging transactions to manage our exposure to interest rate risk.
Foreign Currency Risk
The majority of our international sales are denominated in Euros. Therefore, our U.S. dollar value of sales is impacted
by exchange rates versus the Euro. Currency fluctuations or a strengthening U.S. dollar can decrease our revenue from these
Euro-denominated international sales. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses and exchange rate fluctuations have
not been material to our consolidated financial statements, and we do not believe that the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in
foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have had a material impact on our operating results or financial
condition. We do not currently engage in any hedging transactions to manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk.
In addition, the uncertainty that exists with respect to the economic impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic has
introduced significant volatility in the financial markets subsequent to our quarter ended December 31, 2020, which could
increase our foreign currency and interest rate risk.
83
Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
85
87
88
89
90
91
84
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31,
2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity
(deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes, (collectively
referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error
or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for
the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly,
we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
85
Table of Contents
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are
material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as
a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit
matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Description of the Matter
How We Addressed the
Matter in Our Audit
Valuation of Derivatives Instruments, Warrants and Options
As discussed in Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company measures
financial assets and liabilities at fair value using level three inputs. As of December 31,
2020, the financial liabilities measured at fair value are $101.8 million and the financial
assets measured at fair value are $1.9 million. To determine fair value of each financial asset
and liability the Company determines the appropriate valuation methodology and
assumptions, including unobservable inputs. For example, the derivative liabilities are
measured at fair value using a binomial option pricing model that uses observable and
unobservable market data for inputs, including the Company’s stock price, implied volatility
of the Company’s shares, and probability of conversion occurrence through maturity.
Auditing management’s estimate for the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities
involved subjective auditor judgement because the fair value calculations were sensitive to
changes in assumptions described above, and certain inputs used in the determination of fair
values were based on unobservable data, including, but not limited to, the implied volatility
and probability of conversion.
To test the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, we performed audit
procedures that included, among others, evaluating the methodologies used in the valuation
model and the significant assumptions. We involved our valuation specialist to assist in the
evaluation including to develop an independent valuation of the instruments. We also
performed a sensitivity analysis of the significant assumptions, including the implied
volatility and probability of conversion, to evaluate the change in the fair value that would
result from changes in the assumptions.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.
Tysons, VA
March 5, 2021
86
Table of Contents
Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except for share and per share data)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable - related parties
Inventory, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
Option
Deposits and other assets
Property and equipment, net
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Term Loans, net
2025 Notes, net
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt and notes payables, net
Derivative liabilities
Options
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Preferred stock and additional paid-in-capital, subject to possible redemption: $0.001 par
value per share; 3,000 shares and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020
and December 31, 2019
Total temporary equity
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ deficit:
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
$
18,005
200
565
2,421
5,281
3,774
30,246
1,886
2,229
1,557
35,918
1,762
11,674
3,202
—
16,638
57,216
62,119
39,734
1,483
177,190
$
$
$
95,938
—
3,239
7,140
16,929
4,512
127,758
—
3,042
2,001
132,801
4,285
18,636
43,434
60,353
126,708
11,800
664
—
2,278
141,450
2,811
2,811
—
—
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 900,000,000 shares and 450,000,000 shares
authorized as of December 31, 2020 and 2019; 265,582,688 shares and 203,452,812
shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
266
504,162
(648,511)
(144,083)
35,918
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Total stockholders' deficit
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
$
203
464,491
(473,343)
(8,649)
132,801
$
87
Table of Contents
Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except for share and per share data)
Revenue, net
Revenue, net - related parties
Total revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit (loss)
Expenses:
Sales and marketing expenses
Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses
Operating loss
Other (expense) income, net:
Interest income
Loss on fair value adjustment
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Loss on issuance of debt & other issuance costs
Interest expense
Debt issuance costs
Gain (Loss) on fair value and change in fair value of derivatives
Impairment costs
Other expense
Total other (expense) income, net
Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2020
2018
$
1,368 $
3,581
4,949
22,315
(17,366)
4,924 $
16,377
21,301
40,749
(19,448)
20,550
20,413
20,801
(79,130)
175
(30,721)
(21,112)
(12,706)
(16,167)
(1,216)
(11,641)
(2,339)
(311)
(96,038)
49,555
38,430
23,229
(130,662)
1,933
—
(398)
—
(11,799)
(3,344)
29,232
—
(511)
15,113
2,039
16,874
18,913
27,059
(8,146)
27,730
31,863
19,839
(87,578)
2,001
—
—
—
(8,282)
—
209
—
(321)
(6,393)
Net loss
Total comprehensive loss
(175,168)
(175,168)
$
(115,549)
(115,549)
$
$
(93,971)
(93,971)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share
Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding
(0.77)
$
227,912,358
(0.61)
$
188,754,160
(0.60)
$
157,429,145
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
88
Table of Contents
Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(in thousands)
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Accumulated
Total
Stockholders'
Balance, December 31, 2017
Issuance of common stock, net
Exercise of stock options and warrants
Conversion of 2023 Notes
Stock-based compensation expense and vesting of RSUs
Net loss
Balance, December 31, 2018
Issuance of common stock, net
Exercise of stock options and warrants
Stock-based compensation expense and vesting of RSUs
Issuance of warrants related to debt, net
Net loss
Balance, December 31, 2019
Issuance of convertible preferred stock, net
Issuance of common stock, net
Exercise of stock options and ESPP purchases
Exchange and conversion of convertible notes, net
Stock-based compensation expense and vesting of RSUs
Issuance of warrants related to debt, net
Net loss
Balance, December 31, 2020
Amount
$
137
38
2
—
—
—
$
177
26
—
—
—
—
$
203
—
—
3
60
—
—
—
$
266
$
Capital
270,953
149,006
2,257
250
6,412
—
428,878 $
26,731
108
8,052
722
—
464,491 $
—
(26)
573
27,199
7,314
4,611
—
504,162 $
Deficit
(263,823) $
—
—
—
—
(93,971)
(357,794) $
—
—
—
—
(115,549)
(473,343) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
(175,168)
(648,511) $
$
Shares
136,883
38,077
1,873
85
—
—
$
176,918
26,136
256
143
—
—
$
203,453
—
329
3,329
58,470
—
—
—
$
265,581
89
$
Equity (Deficit)
7,267
149,044
2,259
250
6,412
(93,971)
71,261
26,757
108
8,052
722
(115,549)
(8,649) $
—
(26)
576
27,259
7,314
4,611
(175,168)
(144,083) $
Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,811
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,811
Table of Contents
Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Cash flows used in operating activities
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization expense
Non-cash interest expense (debt discount and deferred costs)
Change in fair value of derivatives
Loss on fair value adjustment
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Loss on issuance of debt
Impairment of asset
Stock-based compensation expense
Provision for inventory obsolescence and net realizable value
Net realized gain on marketable securities
Loss on disposal of assets
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Inventory
Deposits and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Deferred revenue
Accrued interest
Operating lease liabilities
Other
Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows used in investing activities
Capital expenditures
Payments on right of use liability, building
Sales and maturities of marketable securities
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Cash flows used in financing activities
Issuance of common stock, net
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and ESPP purchases
Proceeds from issuance of warrants
Proceeds from debt issuance, net
Notes issuance costs
Proceeds from Solar term loan, net of cost
Payments of notes payable
Repurchase of 2023 Notes
Principal payments under capital lease obligations
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, at ending of period
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for interest
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities
Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable and accrued expenses
Issuance of common stock converted from notes payables
Issuance of common stock and warrants - Highbridge transactions
Issuance of warrants - Energy Capital
Exchange of 2025 Notes for Second Lien Notes
Issuance of Second Lien Notes
2020
2019
2018
$ (175,168)
$ (115,549)
$
(93,971)
1,141
10,977
11,641
30,721
21,112
12,706
2,339
7,314
(4,171)
—
181
7,393
737
15,819
117
(2,522)
(6,585)
—
(379)
(795)
—
(67,422)
(181)
—
—
(181)
(26)
576
—
55,971
(601)
—
(66,050)
—
—
(10,130)
(77,733)
95,938
18,205
4,726
—
—
227
55,303
3,399
(24,000)
15,675
1,001
8,457
(29,232)
—
398
—
—
8,052
3,970
—
310
(3,282)
(527)
(10,668)
(3,442)
(122)
4,827
(628)
388
—
—
(136,047)
(1,045)
—
—
(1,045)
26,757
108
722
127,000
(4,301)
(2,049)
(15,000)
(37,000)
—
96,237
(40,855)
136,793
95,938
5,233
2,974
32
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
270
3,317
(209)
—
—
—
—
6,412
201
(115)
—
(3,715)
(1,893)
(7,441)
59
(3,395)
8,355
628
710
—
16
(90,771)
(989)
(7,935)
28,350
19,426
149,044
2,259
—
52,950
(2,245)
—
(10,000)
—
(20)
191,988
120,643
16,150
136,793
3,136
—
178
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
90
Table of Contents
1. Organization
Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Senseonics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a medical technology company focused on the development and
commercialization of long-term, implantable continuous glucose monitoring system to improve the lives of people with diabetes
by enhancing their ability to manage their disease with relative ease and accuracy. Senseonics, Incorporated is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Senseonics Holdings and was originally incorporated on October 30, 1996 and commenced operations on January
15, 1997. Senseonics Holdings and Senseonics, Incorporated are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Company” unless
otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.
2. Liquidity
The Company’s operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties including, among others, current and potential
competitors with greater resources, lack of operating history and uncertainty of future profitability. Since inception, the Company
has suffered substantial operating losses, principally from expenses associated with the Company’s research and development
programs and commercial launch of the Eversense® CGM System (for use up to 90 days) in the United States and the Eversense
CGM and Eversense XL CGM Systems (for use up to 180 days) in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. The Company has not
generated significant revenue from the sale of products and its ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability largely
depends on the Company’s ability to successfully expand the commercialization of Eversense, continue the development of its
products and product upgrades, and to obtain necessary regulatory approvals for the sale of those products, including approval by
the FDA for the new 180-day Eversense product in the United States. These activities will require significant uses of working
capital through 2021 and beyond.
The Company generated a net loss of $175.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and had an
accumulated deficit of $648.5 million at December 31, 2020. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company
repaid in full its term loan with Solar Capital Ltd. (“Solar”) in the amount of $48.4 million, and as a result, and in consideration of
the evolving impact of the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic, the Company made significant reductions in its cost structure to
improve operating cash flow and generate future capital expenditure savings to ensure the long-term success of Eversense.
Specifically, the Company temporarily suspended commercial sales of the Eversense CGM system in the United States to new
patients and streamlined its operational strategy to focus on the development and regulatory submission efforts for its new 180-
day Eversense product in the United States.
On April 24, 2020, the Company received $15.0 million through the issuance and sale of First Lien Secured Notes due
October 2021 (the “First Lien Notes”) pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Highbridge Loan Agreement”) with
certain funds managed by Highbridge Capital Management, LLC (“Highbridge”), as the lenders, together with the other lenders
from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”). Upon the closing of the PHC Notes, the Company prepaid the First Lien Notes in
full in the amount of approximately $17.6 million, which includes the discounted prepayment premium pursuant to the
Highbridge Loan Agreement.
In connection with the entry into the Highbridge Loan Agreement on April 24, 2020, the Company entered into a Note
and Purchase Exchange Agreement with the Lenders, pursuant to which the Company’s senior convertible notes maturing on
January 15, 2025 (the “2025 Notes”) were exchanged for (i) $15.7 million aggregate principal amount of newly issued Second
Lien Secured Notes (the “Second Lien Notes”), (ii) 11,026,086 shares of common stock, (iii) warrants to purchase up to
4,500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.66 per share, and (iv) $0.3 million in accrued and unpaid interest on
the 2025 Notes being exchanged.
On April 22, 2020, the Company received $5.8 million in loan funding from the Paycheck Protection Program (the
“PPP”), established pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“the CARES Act”), as amended by the
Paycheck Protection Program Flexibility Act of 2020 (the “Flexibility Act”), and administered by the U.S. Small Business
Administration (the “SBA”), to support payroll, rent, and utilities incurred during a defined period.
91
Table of Contents
On August 9, 2020, the Company entered into a Collaboration and Commercialization Agreement with Ascensia
Diabetes Care Holdings AG (“Ascensia”) and entered into a financing agreement pursuant to which the Company issued $35.0
million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Convertible Notes due in October 2024 (the “PHC Notes”) to Ascensia’s
parent company, PHC Holdings Corporation (“PHC”) on August 14, 2020 (the “Closing Date”). The Company also issued PHC
2,941,176 shares of common stock to PHC as a financing fee. The Company also has the option to sell and issue PHC up to $15.0
million of convertible preferred stock on or before December 31, 2022, contingent upon obtaining approval for the 180-day
Eversense product for marketing in the United States before such date. Upon the closing of the PHC Notes, we prepaid the
Highbridge First Lien Notes in full, in the amount of approximately $17.6 million, which includes the discounted prepayment
premium.
Additionally, on August 9, 2020, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Masters Special
Situations, LLC and certain affiliates thereof (“Masters”) pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to Masters 3,000 shares
of convertible preferred stock, designated as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), at a price
of $1,000.00 per share on the Closing Date. Masters also has the option to purchase up to an additional 27,000 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock at a price of $1,000.00 per share in a subsequent closing, subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock
Purchase Agreement, as amended as set forth in Note 18 – Subsequent Events.
On November 9, 2020, we entered into an equity line agreement (the “Equity Line Agreement”) with Energy Capital,
LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“Energy Capital”), which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
and limitations set forth therein, Energy Capital is committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $12.0 million of shares of the
Company’s newly designated series B convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) at the Company’s request from
time to time during the 24-month term of the Equity Line Agreement. Under the Equity Line Agreement, beginning January 21,
2021, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including that the Company has less than $8 million of cash, cash
equivalents and other available credit (aside from availability under the Equity Line Agreement), the Company has the right, in its
sole discretion, to present Energy Capital with a purchase notice (each, a “Regular Purchase Notice”) directing Energy Capital (as
principal) to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $1,000 per share (not to exceed $4.0 million worth of
shares) once per month, up to an aggregate of $12.0 million of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock at a per share price (the
“Purchase Price”) equal to $1,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, with each share of Series B Preferred Stock initially
convertible into common stock (the “Common Stock”), beginning six months after the date of its issuance, at a conversion price
of $0.3951 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, including in the event of any stock split. The Equity Line
Agreement provides that the Company shall not affect any Regular Purchase under the Equity Line Agreement on any date where
the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the NYSE American is less than $0.25 without the approval of Energy
Capital. In addition, beginning on January 1, 2022, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, if the full $12.0 million of
Series B Preferred Stock has not been sold pursuant to Regular Purchases, Energy Capital may, at its sole discretion, by its
delivery to the Company of a Purchase Notice, from time to time, purchase up to the amount then remaining available under the
Equity Line Agreement at the Purchase Price.
The Company believes that these agreements and the financing described in Note 18 – Subsequent Events, provide the
financial resources and mutual commitment to support the growth of Eversense and specifically for the Company, the
manufacturing of Eversense and continued product development, including the U.S. launch of the new 180-day Eversense
product, if approved. The timing and success of these collaborations and financings are dependent on certain events occurring in
accordance with the Company’s plans, and may be influenced by uncontrollable external factors, including restrictions or impacts
of COVID-19. Management has concluded that based on the Company’s current operating plans, its existing cash and cash
equivalents will be sufficient to meet the Company’s anticipated operating needs through 2022. Accordingly, management has
concluded that the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern through March 31, 2022 that
existed at March 5, 2020 has been alleviated.
92
Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements reflect the accounts of
Senseonics Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiary Senseonics.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements, estimates are used for, but not
limited to, stock-based compensation, recoverability of long-lived assets, deferred taxes and valuation allowances, derivative
liabilities, obsolete inventory, warranty obligations, variable consideration related to revenue, depreciable lives of property and
equipment, and accruals for clinical study costs, which are accrued based on estimates of work performed under contract. Actual
results could differ from those estimates; however, management does not believe that such differences would be material.
Segment Information
The Company views its operations and manages its business in one segment, glucose monitoring products.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss comprises net loss and other changes in equity that are excluded from net loss. For the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s net loss equaled its comprehensive loss and, accordingly, no additional
disclosure is presented.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of
purchase to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash, cash equivalents and
restricted cash consisted of the following (in thousands):
Cash ⁽¹⁾
Money market funds
Commercial paper
Corporate bonds
Cash and cash equivalents
(1)
Includes overnight repurchase agreements.
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Concentration of Revenues and Customers
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
18,002
3
—
—
18,005
$
$
38,043
37,769
13,870
6,256
95,938
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
18,005
200
18,205
$
$
95,938
—
95,938
Net revenue from our distribution arrangement with Roche Diabetes Care GmbH, a related party, accounted for 72% of
our total net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020. Net revenue from our distribution arrangement
93
Table of Contents
with Edwards Healthcare Centers, Advanced Diabetes Supply, and Solara Medical Supply, strategic fulfillment partners and
supplier of CGM systems to diabetic patients in the United States, accounted for 19%, 15%, and 10%, respectively, of our total
net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020. During the years ended December 2019, the Company derived 77% of its
total net revenue from Roche, and 12% from Advanced Diabetes Supply. During the year ended December 2018, the Company
derived 86%, from one customer, Roche.
Revenues by geographic region
The following table sets forth net revenues derived from the Company’s two primary geographical markets, the United
States and outside of the United States, based on the geographic location to which the Company delivers the product, for the years
ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
(Dollars in thousands)
Revenue, net:
Outside of the United
States
United States
Total
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Amount
%
of Total
Amount
%
of Total
Amount
%
of Total
$
$
3,821
1,128
4,949
77.2 % $ 18,054
22.8
3,247
100.0 % $ 21,301
84.8 %$ 17,498
15.2
1,415
100.0 %$ 18,913
92.5 %
7.5
100.0 %
Marketable Securities
Marketable securities consist of government and agency securities and corporate debt securities and are typically
classified as available for sale. Such securities are carried at fair value, with any unrealized holding gains or losses reported, net of
any tax effects reported, as accumulated other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to
be other-than-temporary, if any, are included in consolidated results of operations. A decline in the market value of any available
for sale security below cost that is deemed to be other-than-temporary results in a reduction in fair value, which is charged to
earnings in that period, and a new cost basis for the security is established. Dividend and interest income is recognized when
earned. The cost of securities sold is calculated using the specific identification method. The Company classifies all available-for-
sale marketable securities with maturities greater than one year from the balance sheet date as non-current assets. As of December
31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have any marketable securities.
Inventory and Obsolescence
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the standard cost method that
approximates first in, first out. The Company records an adjustment to reduce the value of inventory for items that are potentially
obsolete, where standard costs require adjustment to the net realizable value, and are in excess of future demand taking into
consideration the product shelf life. The sensor manufacturing process can span several months, involves various contract
manufacturers and includes raw components with long lead times, often resulting in significant work-in-progress inventory.
However, expiry does not commence until the chemistry is applied to the sensor. The Company is able to isolate pre-chemistry
sensor inventory in progress from post-chemistry sensor inventory in progress and finished goods to assess against demand
forecasts and customer dating requirements for potential excess or obsolete inventory. The Company’s estimates are based on
information known as of the balance sheet date and include factors such as anticipated future usage and sales, potential for
external unfavorable conditions such as import holds or quality issues, and planned product upgrades. However, if actual product
quality or conditions differ from the Company’s assumptions, additional inventory adjustments that would increase cost of sales
could be required.
94
Table of Contents
Accounts Receivable
The Company grants credit to various customers in the normal course of business. Accounts receivable consist of
amounts due from distributors and are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts at the time potential collection risk is
identified. Uncollectible accounts are written off against the allowance after appropriate collection efforts have been exhausted
and when it is deemed that a balance is uncollectible. The Company does not have a history of collectability concerns, however,
an immaterial allowance for uncollectible accounts was recorded as of December 31, 2020. The Company did not have any
allowances for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2019.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets, which is generally between three to seven years, and is recorded within operating expenses and cost of goods sold in
the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Upon disposition of the assets, the costs and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations.
Repairs and maintenance costs are included as expense in the accompanying statement of operations.
Long-lived Assets
Management reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and right-of-use assets for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability
of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows
expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the impairment to be
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets.
Management did not identify any indicators of impairment in 2020, 2019, and 2018.
Derivative Financial Instruments
In connection with the Company’s issuance of the convertible senior subordinated notes due 2023 (the “2023 Notes”), in
January 2018, the Company bifurcated the embedded conversion option, along with the interest make-whole provision and make-
whole fundamental change provision, and recorded the embedded conversion option as a derivative liability in the Company’s
consolidated balance sheets in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
In July 2019, the Company issued $82.0 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior subordinated notes
due 2025 (the “2025 Notes). In connection with the 2025 Notes, the Company bifurcated the embedded conversion option along
with the fundamental change make-whole provision and the cash settled fundamental make-whole shares provision, and recorded
the fair value of these embedded features as a derivative liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance
with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
On April 21, 2020, the Company entered into the Highbridge Loan Agreement, in which an aggregate principal amount
of $15.0 million was borrowed through the issuance and sale of the First Lien Notes and issued 1,500,000 shares of our common
stock to the Lenders as a commitment fee. The First Lien Notes also contained redemption features that were evaluated for
bifurcation as separate derivative instruments including the permitted prepayment put option, the mandatory accelerated
redemption and the mandatory redemption and reinvestment upon an asset sale. We recorded the fair value of the embedded
features in the amount of $1.0 million as a debt premium and derivative asset in our consolidated balance sheets in accordance
with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The derivative was adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with the change
recorded in change in fair value of derivatives that is a component of other income (expense) in our consolidated statements of
operations and comprehensive loss. On August 14, 2020, the
95
Table of Contents
Company prepaid the First Lien Notes in full, including the discounted prepayment premium, in the amount of approximately
$17.6 million and recognized a loss on extinguishment in the amount of $0.7 million.
On April 21, 2020, the Company entered into a Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement with certain funds managed by
Highbridge providing for the exchange (the “Exchange”) of $24.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2025
Notes for (i) $15.7 million aggregate principal amount of newly issued Second Lien Notes, (ii) 11,026,086 shares of common
stock, (iii) warrants to purchase up to 4,500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.66 per share, and (iv) $0.3
million in accrued and unpaid interest on the 2025 Notes being exchanged. On August 9, 2020, we entered into a First
Amendment to Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement with Highbridge (as amended by the Amendment, the “Exchange
Agreement”). The Second Lien Notes also contain redemption features that were evaluated for bifurcation as separate derivative
instruments including the permitted prepayment put option, the mandatory accelerated redemption and the mandatory redemption
and reinvestment upon an asset sale. Unlike the First Lien Notes, the Second Lien Notes also permit voluntary conversion at the
option of the holder as described above. We recorded the fair value of these embedded features in the amount of $1.9 million as a
derivative asset in our consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The derivative is
adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with the change in the fair value recorded in change in fair value of derivatives that
is a component of other income (expense) in our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. During the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2020, Highbridge elected to convert the full $15.7 million of outstanding principal on the Second Lien
Notes for issuance of 42,776,936 shares of common stock, which included prepayment premiums and were based off of our
election of PIK interest.
In August 2020, the Company issued $35.0 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior secured notes
due PHC, or the PHC Notes. The Note Purchase Agreement also contained several provisions requiring bifurcation as a separate
derivative liability including an embedded conversion feature, mandatory prepayment upon event of default that constitutes a
breach of the minimum revenue financial covenant, optional redemption upon an event of default, change in interest rate after
PMA approval and default interest upon an event of default. The Company recorded the fair value of the embedded features in the
amount of $25.8 million as a derivative liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC Topic
815, Derivatives and Hedging.
The financial instruments above are remeasured at the end of each reporting period with changes in fair value recorded
in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in other income (expense) as a change in fair value of the
derivative liability.
Warranty Obligation
The Company provides a warranty of one year on its smart transmitters. Additionally, the Company may also replace
Eversense system components that do not function in accordance with the product specifications. Estimated replacement costs are
recorded at the time of shipment as a charge to cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations and are developed by
analyzing product performance data and historical replacement experience, including comparing actual return management
authorizations to revenue.
At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the warranty reserve was $0.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in estimated warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31,
2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
Balance at beginning of the year
Provision for warranties during the period
Settlements made during the period
Balance at end of the year
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$
$
2,197
(266)
(1,285)
646
$
$
816
3,296
(1,915)
2,197
96
Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in
exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify
the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv)
allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity
satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity
will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract
inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance
obligations, and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount
of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is
satisfied.
The Company generates revenue from sales of the Eversense CGM system and related components at a fixed price to
third-party distributors in the European Union and to a network of strategic fulfillment partners in the United States (collectively,
“Customers”) who then resell the products to health care providers and patients. The Company is paid for its sales directly to the
Customers, regardless of whether or not the Customers resell the products to health care providers and patients.
Revenue is recognized, at a point in time, when the Customers obtain control of the product based upon the delivery
terms as defined in the contract at an amount that reflects the consideration which is expected to be received in exchange for the
product. Contracts with the Customers include performance obligations for supply of goods and the performance obligation is
typically satisfied upon transfer of control of the product. Distribution contracts may also contain requirements for training and
customer service support, however these are not assessed as performance obligations given the activities are considered
immaterial in the context of the contract. The payment terms and conditions of the Customers vary, but the Company is typically
paid within 60 days of invoicing subsequent to the Customers obtaining control of the Company’s product.
Revenue is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative
revenue recognized will not occur in a future period. The Company’s contracts may contain variable consideration such as
prompt-pay discounts or tier-volume price discounts. Variable consideration, including the reimbursements paid by the Company
to its Customers in accordance with the Eversense Bridge Program initiated in March 2019 and to a lesser extent, other discounts
and prompt-pay incentives, is treated as a reduction in revenue when the product sale is recognized. Depending on the variable
consideration, the Company estimates the expected value based on the terms of the agreements, historical data, third-party payor
mix, reimbursement rates, and market conditions. In connection with the Eversense Bridge Program, the Company reimburses
participating Customers an amount up to a fixed maximum for the difference in the cost of the Eversense System and what they
collect from insurance payors and the patient’s fee of $99. The Customers are responsible for confirming patient insurance
coverage, obtaining pre-authorizations, determining eligibility, and continuously provide the Company with data regarding which
patient orders are under the program and which are not. Customer supplied data, along with actual reimbursements that have been
validated to patient claims, are used to support expected reimbursement estimates. Estimated reimbursement payments for
product shipped to Customers but not provided to a patient within the same reporting period are recorded within accrued expenses
and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Eversense Bridge Program concluded on
December 31, 2020 and the remaining estimated liability is likely not material.
Contract assets consist of trade receivables from Customers and contract liabilities consist of amounts due to the
Customers in connection with the Eversense Bridge Program, incentive programs, or prompt-pay discounts, classified as patient
access and incentive programs within accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. The Company’s contracts provide for a one-year warranty on transmitters to Customers. Customer contracts do not
include the right to return.
97
Table of Contents
Cost of Sales
The Company uses third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture Eversense and related components and supplies.
Cost of sales includes raw materials, contract manufacturing service fees, expected warranty costs, recall costs, product
obsolescence, scrap, third-party warehousing, shipping and handling expenses associated with product delivery, and employee-
related costs of the internal supply chain and manufacturing team.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions, and other related costs, including stock-based
compensation, for personnel who perform sales, marketing, and customer support functions. Other significant costs include
marketing programs, website design and advertising, educational and promotional materials, consultants, and tradeshow expenses.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in performing research and development activities in
developing Eversense, including clinical trials and feasibility studies, and partnerships for strategic initiatives including insulin
delivery and new indications. Research and development expenses include compensation and benefits for research and
development employees including stock-based compensation, cost of laboratory supplies, clinical trial and related clinical
manufacturing expenses, costs related to regulatory operations, fees paid to contract research organizations and other consultants,
and other outside expenses. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs, including stock-based
compensation, for personnel in the Company’s executive, finance, accounting, business development, information technology,
and human resources functions. Other significant costs include information technology, facility costs, legal fees relating to patent
and corporate matters and fees for accounting and consulting services.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation related to stock option grants and restricted stock units under
stock incentive plans, purchases under the employee stock purchase plan, as well as inducement stock grants, based on the fair
value of those awards at the date of grant. The estimated fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized on a straight-
line basis over the requisite service period of the individual award, which typically equals the vesting period. Forfeitures are
accounted for in the period in which they occur.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model (“Black-Scholes Model”) to determine the fair value
of stock-option awards. Valuation of stock awards requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to determine
the fair value of the awards. These assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value of the Company’s common stock,
future volatility of the Company’s stock price, dividend yields, future employee turnover rates, and future employee stock option
exercise behaviors. Changes in these assumptions can affect the fair value estimate.
The Company has assumed no dividend yield because it does not expect to pay dividends in the future, which is
consistent with its history of not paying dividends. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates for
constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected life of employee stock options. The expected life
represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified
98
Table of Contents
method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and
the end of the contractual term. The Company uses the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to
provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on
the daily closing prices of a peer group of comparable publicly traded companies in similar stages of development.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the
enacted tax rates and laws that are in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that such tax rate changes are enacted. The measurement of a
deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the
deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Management uses a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and
measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as guidance on derecognition, classification,
interest and penalties and financial statement reporting disclosures. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be
more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. In the ordinary course of business, transactions
occur for which the ultimate outcome may be uncertain. Management does not expect the outcome related to accrued uncertain
tax provisions to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The
Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax exposures as a component of income tax expense.
The Company is subject to taxation in various jurisdictions in the United States and remains subject to examination by
taxing jurisdictions for the year 1998 and all subsequent periods due to the availability of NOL carryforwards. In addition, all of
the net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards that may be used in future years are still subject to
adjustment.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued
expenses approximate fair value because of their short maturities. The Company’s term loan under the 2025 Notes, PHC Notes,
2023 Notes, Warrants and Options are recorded at historical cost, net of discounts, and approximate fair value based on their
borrowing rates. The associated embedded conversion features in the Notes are derivative instruments and remeasured at fair
value each reporting period.
Net Loss per Share
Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number
of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.
99
Table of Contents
For periods of net loss, diluted loss per share is calculated similarly to basic loss per share because the impact of all
potential common shares is anti-dilutive. The total number of anti-dilutive shares at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018,
consisting of common stock options and stock purchase warrants, which have been excluded from the computation of diluted loss
per share, was as follows:
Stock-based awards
Masters preferred shares
2023 Notes
PHC Notes
2025 Notes
Warrants
Total anti-dilutive shares outstanding
2020
30,013,407
6,302,521
6,672,500
68,222,412
44,728,676
17,282,792
173,222,308
2019
24,218,612
—
6,672,500
—
63,565,883
5,196,581
99,653,576
2018
21,457,946
—
20,480,638
—
—
4,071,581
46,010,165
For periods of net income, and when the effects are not anti-dilutive, diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing
net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding plus the impact of all
potential dilutive common shares, consisting primarily of common stock options stock purchase warrants and employee stock
purchases using the treasury stock method.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework –
Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure
requirements on fair value measurements. The new standard includes additional disclosure requirements regarding the range and
weighted average to develop significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 fair value measurements and became effective for the
Company on January 1, 2020. The Company has evaluated the standard and does not expect this to have a significant impact on
the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software:
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract (ASU
2018-15). This new guidance requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement to determine which implementation costs to
capitalize as assets or expense as incurred. Capitalized implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service
contract will be amortized over the term of the hosting arrangement, beginning when the module or component of the hosting
arrangement is ready for its intended use. ASU 2018-15 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. Application of this
guidance can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. We adopted the new standard on January 1, 2020 on a prospective
basis. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2018-15 at the beginning of the first quarter of 2020 did not have a significant impact on
its consolidated financial statements.
Not Yet Adopted
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on
Financial Instruments, which requires entities to record expected credit losses for certain financial instruments, including trade
receivables, as an allowance that reflects the entity's current estimate of credit losses expected to be incurred. For available-for-
sale debt securities in unrealized loss positions, the new standard requires allowances to be recorded instead of reducing the
amortized cost of the investment. The Company does not currently hold or plan to invest in available-for-sale securities, and has
not historically experienced collection issues or bad debts with trade receivables. Accordingly, the Company does not expect this
to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures at this time. The Company will adopt
this guidance on its effective date for smaller reporting companies, January 1, 2023.
100
Table of Contents
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended
to simplify various aspects of the income tax accounting guidance, including requirements such as tax basis step-up in goodwill
obtained in a transaction that is not a business combination, ownership changes in investments, and interim-period accounting for
enacted changes in tax law. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating
the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)
and Derivatives and Hedging—Contract in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). This new guidance is intended to reduce the
complexity of accounting for convertible instruments. The guidance also addresses how convertible instruments are accounted for
in the diluted earnings per share calculation and requires enhanced disclosures about the terms of convertible instruments. Entities
may adopt ASU 2020-06 using either partial retrospective or fully retrospective method of transition. This ASU is effective for
public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years.
Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning December 15, 2020, including interim periods within that fiscal year. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements, but are likely to
early adopt for fiscal year 2021.
The Company evaluated all other issued unadopted ASUs and believes the adoption of these standards will not have a
material impact on its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, balance sheets, or cash flows.
4.
Inventory, net
Inventory, net consisted of the following (in thousands):
Finished goods
Work-in-process
Raw materials
Total
December 31,
2020
$
203 $
2,626
2,452
5,281
$
$
2019
3,944
10,938
2,047
16,929
The Company recorded $15.1 million and $5.3 million in cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively, to reduce the value of inventory for items that are potentially obsolete, to adjust costs to their net realizable value,
and for inventory in excess of product demand.
101
Table of Contents
5. Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
December 31,
2020
2019
Contract manufacturing⁽¹⁾
IT and software
Rent
Consulting
Marketing and sales
Insurance
Clinical and preclinical
Interest receivable
Other
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets
6. Property and Equipment, net
$
$
$
3,324
150
102
84
53
50
11
—
—
$
3,774
3,043
294
—
—
605
44
240
107
179
4,512
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
Machinery and laboratory equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements
Less: Accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment, net
December 31,
2020
2019
2,176 $ 2,272
371
112
2,755
(754)
$ 2,001
371
112
2,659
(1,102)
1,557
$
$
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $0.4 million, $0.5 million, and $0.3
million, respectively. The Company disposed of $0.3 million of property and equipment in 2020 related to machinery and
laboratory equipment, including machinery at contract manufacturers determined to be impaired or obsoleted. The Company
disposed of $1.4 million of property and equipment in 2019. The Company did not dispose of any property or equipment in 2018.
102
Table of Contents
7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in
thousands):
Compensation and benefits
Interest on notes payable
Contract manufacturing
Professional and administration services
Research and development
Operating lease
Product warranty and replacement obligations
Sales and marketing services
Patient access programs
Other
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
8. Leases
December 31,
2020
2019
4,344
1,773
1,421
880
842
794
646
615
208
151
11,674
$
$
5,630
2,153
2,452
1,384
1,956
696
2,197
553
1,578
37
18,636
$
$
The Company evaluates whether contractual arrangements contain leases at the inception of such arrangements. Specific
considerations include whether the Company can control the underlying asset and has the right to obtain substantially all of the
economic benefits or outputs from the asset. Substantially all of the Company’s leases are long-term operating leases with fixed
payment terms. The Company currently does not have financing leases. Right-of-use (“ROU”) operating lease assets represent the
Company’s right-to-use an underlying asset for the lease term, and operating lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation
to make lease payments. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in
general and administrative expenses on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Options to
extend the leases or terminate the leases early are only included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that the option will
be exercised.
The Company recognizes a ROU operating lease asset and liability as of the lease commencement date at the present
value of the lease payments over the lease term. If the discount rate in the lease agreement is not implicit, the Company estimates
the incremental borrowing rate based on the rate of interest the Company would have to pay to borrow a similar amount on a
collateralized basis over a similar term. Lease and non-lease components are accounted for as a single component for facility
leases. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are expensed to rent expense over the related term.
The Company leases approximately 33,000 square feet of research and office space for its corporate headquarters under
a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2023. The Company has an option to renew the lease for one additional five-year
term. With the adoption of ASC 842, the Company has recorded a ROU asset and corresponding lease liability and does not
include the additional five-year term under the option.
On July 31, 2019, the Company entered into a new non-cancellable operating lease agreement for approximately 30,500
square feet of office space commencing on September 2, 2019 and expiring in 2023. The Company does not have the option to
renew the lease for an additional term. The Company did not have any lease related payments made to the lessor before the
commitment date, lease incentives received from the lessor or initial direct cost adjustments to be added to the initial
measurement of the liability. As a result of COVID-19, this facility was vacated in the fourth quarter of 2020 and the ROU asset
was tested for impairment. No impairment charges were recorded as of December 31, 2020.
The Company recorded $2.1 million of associated ROU assets and $2.3 million in lease liabilities in its consolidated
balance sheet at December 31, 2020.
103
Table of Contents
Operating lease expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $0.7
million, respectively.
The following table summarizes the lease assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
Operating Lease Assets and Liabilities
Assets
Operating lease ROU assets
Liabilities
Current operating lease liabilities
Non-current operating lease liabilities
Total operating lease liabilities
Balance Sheet Classification
Amount
Deposits and other assets
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
$ 2,128
$
794
1,483
$ 2,277
The following table summarizes the maturity of undiscounted payments due under operating lease liabilities and the
present value of those liabilities as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Total operating lease payments
Less: imputed interest
Total operating lease liability
$
969
1,002
600
—
—
2,571
(294)
$ 2,277
The following table summarizes the weighted-average lease term and weighted-average discount rate as of December
31, 2020 and 2019:
Remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases
Discount rate
Operating leases
2020
2.6
2019
3.6
9.1 %
9.1 %
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company made cash payments of $0.9 million included in the
measurement of its operating lease liabilities.
9.
401(k) Plan
The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan available to all full-time employees. Employee contributions are
voluntary and are determined on an individual basis subject to the maximum allowable under federal income tax regulations.
Participants are fully vested in their contributions. The Company has provided a discretionary match of 1% up to 4% of the
participant’s contributions. Employer match expenses during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 were $0.1 million,
$0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Administrative expenses for the plan, which are paid by the Company, were not
material in 2020, 2019 or 2018.
104
Table of Contents
10. Notes Payable and Stock Purchase Warrants
Term Loans
Solar Loan Agreement
On July 16, 2019, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Solar Loan Agreement”), with Solar.
Pursuant to the Solar Loan Agreement, on July 25, 2019 (“the effective date”), the Company borrowed term loans in an aggregate
principal amount of $45.0 million (the “Solar Term Loan”), of which the Company used $11.6 million to repay in full the
Oxford/SVB Term Loans and terminate the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford Finance LLC
(“Oxford”) and Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”).
In connection with the Solar Term Loan, the Company incurred issuance costs in the amount of $0.4 million, and paid
fees to Lenders (as defined below) in the amount of $0.9 million in connection with the repayment of the Oxford/SVB Term
Loans, which are netted against the principal balance of the Solar Term Loan and amortized as additional interest expense over
the term of the Solar Term Loan using the effective interest method. Unamortized debt issuance costs and additional prepayment
fees in the amount of $0.4 million associated with the repayment of the Oxford/SVB Term Loans were recorded as a loss on the
extinguishment of debt in other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive
loss as of December 31, 2019.
Additionally, on July 16, 2019, the Company issued Solar warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares of the
Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $1.20 per share (the “Solar Warrants”). The Solar Warrants are exercisable
until July 25, 2029. The proceeds from the Solar Term Loan were allocated between the debt and the Solar Warrants based on
their respective fair value of $0.7 million, and were recorded within equity resulting in a debt discount that is being amortized as
additional interest expense over the term of the Solar Term Loan using the effective interest method.
On March 22, 2020, the Company and Solar terminated the Solar Loan Agreement. In connection with the termination,
the Company paid $48.5 million representing all amounts outstanding under the Solar Loan Agreement, including the principal
amount and interest of the loans, a payoff fee of 6.45% of the loans outstanding, a prepayment premium of 3.0% of the loans
outstanding and other obligations owed to Solar thereunder.
A loss on the extinguishment of debt in the amount of $4.5 million reflecting the difference between the repayment
amount and the carrying value of the principal balance, accrued interest, unamortized debt issuance costs and unaccreted
prepayment fee at March 22, 2020 was recorded to other income (expense) in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement
of operations and comprehensive loss during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.
Oxford and Silicon Valley Bank Term Loans
On June 30, 2016, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford and
SVB (together, the “Lenders”). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, the Company borrowed an
aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million.
Proceeds from the Solar Term Loan were used to repay the remaining balance of the Oxford/SVB Term Loans, which
were subject to a prepayment fee equal to $0.1 million. Unamortized debt issuance costs and additional prepayment fees in the
amount of $0.4 million associated with the repayment of the Oxford/SVB Term Loans were recorded as a loss on the
extinguishment of debt in other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive
loss as of December 31, 2019.
PPP Loan
On April 22, 2020, the Company received $5.8 million in loan funding from the PPP pursuant to the CARES Act, as
amended by the Flexibility Act, and administered by the SBA. The unsecured loan (the “PPP Loan”) is evidenced
105
Table of Contents
by the PPP Note dated April 21, 2020 (the “PPP Note”) in the principal amount of $5.8 million with Silicon Valley Bank (the
“Bank”).
Under the terms of the PPP Note and the PPP Loan, interest accrues on the outstanding principal at a rate of 1.0% per
annum. The term of the PPP Note is two years, though it may be payable sooner in connection with an event of default under the
PPP Note. To the extent the loan amount is not forgiven under the PPP, the Company is obligated to make equal monthly
payments of principal and interest, beginning after determination of forgiveness by the Bank. The Company may apply for
forgiveness any time on or before the maturity date of the loan. If the Company does not apply for loan forgiveness within ten
months after the last day of the covered period, the PPP loan is no longer deferred, and the Company must begin paying principal
and interest.
The CARES Act and the PPP provide a mechanism for forgiveness of up to the full amount borrowed. Under the PPP,
the Company may apply for forgiveness for all or a part of the Company’s PPP Loan. The amount of loan proceeds eligible for
forgiveness is based on a formula that takes into account a number of factors, including the amount of loan proceeds used by the
Company during the specified period after the loan origination for certain purposes including payroll costs, interest on debt
obligations incurred prior to February 15, 2020, rent payments on certain leases, and certain qualified utility payments, provided
that at least 60% of the loan amount is used for eligible payroll costs; the employer maintaining or rehiring employees and
maintaining salaries at certain levels; and other factors. Subject to the other requirements and limitations on loan forgiveness, only
loan proceeds spent on payroll and other eligible costs during the covered specified period will qualify for forgiveness. As a result
of the Company’s workforce reduction, the amount of forgiveness will correspondingly decrease.
The PPP Note may be prepaid in part or in full, at any time, without penalty. The PPP Note provides for certain
customary events of default, including (i) failing to make a payment when due under the PPP Note, (ii) failure to do anything
required by the PPP Note or any other loan document, (iii) defaults of any other loan with the Bank, (iv) failure to disclose any
material fact or make a materially false or misleading representation to the Bank or SBA, (v) default on any loan or agreement
with another creditor, if the Bank believes the default may materially affect the Company’s ability to pay the PPP Note, (vi)
failure to pay any taxes when due, (vii) becoming the subject of a proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, having a
receiver or liquidator appointed for any part of the Company’s business or property, or making an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, (viii) having any adverse change in financial condition or business operation that the Bank believes may materially
affect the Company’s ability to pay the PPP Note, (ix) if the Company reorganizes, merges, consolidates, or otherwise changes
ownership or business structure without the Bank’s prior written consent, or (x) becoming the subject of a civil or criminal action
that the Bank believes may materially affect the Company’s ability to pay the PPP Note. Upon the occurrence of an event of
default, the Bank has customary remedies and may, among other things, require immediate payment of all amounts owed under
the PPP Note, collect all amounts owing from the Company, and file suit and obtain judgment against the Company.
Highbridge Credit Facility
Highbridge Loan Agreement
On April 21, 2020, the Company entered into the Highbridge Loan Agreement with certain funds managed by
Highbridge, the Lenders and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, SCB, as collateral agent.
Pursuant to the Highbridge Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million in
aggregate principal through the issuance and sale of First Lien Notes (the “First Lien Notes”) on April 24, 2020. In connection
with the Highbridge Loan Agreement and receipt of the first tranche of borrowing, the Company issued 1,500,000 shares of its
common stock to the Lenders as a commitment fee.
On August 14, 2020, the Company prepaid the First Lien Notes in full, including the discounted prepayment premium,
in the amount of approximately $17.6 million and recognized a loss on extinguishment in the amount of $0.7 million.
106
Table of Contents
The First Lien Notes were secured, senior obligations that bear interest at the annual rate of 12% or, at the Company’s
election, payment in kind (“PIK”) at an annual rate of 13%, payable monthly in arrears. The First Lien Notes would have matured
on October 24, 2021 (the “First Lien Maturity Date”). The obligations under the First Lien Notes were secured by substantially all
the Company’s assets.
The First Lien Notes also contained redemption features that were evaluated for bifurcation as separate derivative
instruments including the permitted prepayment put option, the mandatory accelerated redemption and the mandatory redemption
and reinvestment upon an asset sale. The Company recorded the fair value of the embedded features in the amount of $1.0 million
as a debt premium and derivative asset in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC Topic 815,
Derivatives and Hedging. The derivative is adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with the change recorded in change in
fair value of derivatives that is a component of other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations
and comprehensive loss.
The debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the Highbridge financings were allocated between the First Lien
Notes, Second Lien Notes, common stock, and warrants. The Company incurred and deferred $1.5 million in debt issuance costs
and debt discounts associated with the First Lien Notes, which will be amortized as interest expense over the term of the First
Lien Notes, along with $1.0 million of debt premium from the derivative bifurcation.
Exchange Agreement with Highbridge
On April 21, 2020, the Company entered into a Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement with certain funds managed by
Highbridge providing for the exchange (the “Exchange”) of $24.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s
outstanding 2025 Notes for (i) $15.7 million aggregate principal amount of newly issued Second Lien Notes, (ii) 11,026,086
shares of common stock, (iii) warrants to purchase up to 4,500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.66 per
share, and (iv) $0.3 million in accrued and unpaid interest on the 2025 Notes being exchanged. The Exchange closed on April 24,
2020. The warrants may be exercised in cash or on a cashless basis at any time through the three-year anniversary of the issuance
date. On August 9, 2020, the Company entered into a First Amendment to Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement with
Highbridge (as amended by the Amendment, the “Exchange Agreement”).
On August 9, 2020, the Company entered into a First Amendment to Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement with
Highbridge (as amended by the Amendment, the “Exchange Agreement”). The debt issuance costs incurred in connection with
the Amendment were allocated to the Second Lien Notes. Loan modifications require third-party debt related costs to be expensed
immediately. In connection with the Amendment, the Company recorded a total of $0.5 million in debt issuance costs which were
expensed immediately.
The Second Lien Notes are secured, senior obligations of the Company, junior only to the First Lien Notes. Interest in
cash at the annual rate of 7.5% or, at the Company’s option, payment in kind at an annual rate of 8.25%, on the Second Lien
Notes will be payable monthly in arrears. The maturity date for the Second Lien Notes is August 9, 2023 (the “Second Lien
Maturity Date”), unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted in accordance with their terms. The obligations under the
Second Lien Notes are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets.
The Company will have the right to prepay the Second Lien Notes at any time, subject to a prepayment premium, which
in certain circumstances the Company may elect to pay in common stock, equal to the aggregate amount of interest payments
through maturity.
The holders of the Second Lien Notes have the right to convert the aggregate principal of the Second Lien Notes
(together with any applicable prepayment premium) to common stock at a price per share equal to 90% of the greater of (i) the
daily volume weighted average of the price per share of the common stock, on the conversion date, or if the conversion date is not
a trading date, the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date and (ii) $0.33 per share. This conversion option has a
daily limit of $1.0 million in aggregate converted principal (inclusive of principal amount of First Lien Notes that are voluntarily
converted by the Lenders). Subject to certain conditions, if the Company retains or reinvests proceeds of an asset sale pursuant to
the Asset Sale Prepayment Provisions in the Exchange Agreement, the Holders shall be entitled to convert additional Second Lien
Notes and the Lenders shall be entitled to
107
Table of Contents
convert First Lien Notes in aggregate combined principal amount equal to 45% of such net proceeds retained or reinvested
(together with any applicable prepayment premium).
The Exchange Agreement contains customary terms and covenants, including without limitation: financial covenants,
such as maintaining a minimum cash balance; and negative covenants, such as limitations on indebtedness, liens, mergers, asset
transfers, certain investing activities and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. Most of these restrictions are
subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. The Exchange Agreement also contains customary events of default, after
which the Second Lien Notes may be due and payable immediately, without limitation, payment defaults, material inaccuracy of
representations and warranties, covenant defaults, material adverse changes, bankruptcy and insolvency proceedings, cross-
defaults to certain other agreements, judgments against us, and change of control, termination of any guaranty, governmental
approvals, and lien priority.
The Second Lien Notes also contain redemption features that were evaluated for bifurcation as separate derivative
instruments including the permitted prepayment put option, the mandatory accelerated redemption and the mandatory redemption
and reinvestment upon an asset sale. Unlike the First Lien Notes, the Second Lien Notes also permit voluntary conversion at the
option of the holder as described above. The Company recorded the fair value of these embedded features in the amount of $1.9
million as a derivative asset in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and
Hedging. The derivative is adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with the change in the fair value recorded in change in
fair value of derivatives that is a component of other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations
and comprehensive loss.
Since Highbridge was a noteholder of the 2025 Notes and exchanged $24.0 million of outstanding principal of the 2025
Notes for Second Lien Notes, the Exchange qualifies as a loan modification. The debt issuance costs incurred in connection with
the Highbridge financings were allocated between the First Lien Notes, Second Lien Notes, common stock, and warrants. Loan
modifications require third-party debt related costs to be expensed immediately, whereas fees paid to lenders of the modified
loans are deferred. In connection with the issuance of the Second Lien Notes, the Company recorded a total of $14.1 million in
debt issuance costs and debt discounts, including $13.2 million allocated from the 2025 Notes for the $24.0 million outstanding
principal exchanged and the discount from the bifurcated derivative. These costs were recorded as debt discounts to the Second
Lien Notes and are amortized as interest expense over the term of the Second Lien Notes. Allocated third-party debt related costs
of $0.8 million were expensed during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, Highbridge voluntarily converted all $15.7 million of outstanding
principal amount of the Second Lien Notes for 42,776,936 shares of common stock, which included prepayment premiums and
were based off the Company’s election of PIK interest. Accordingly, $15.7 million of allocated deferred issuance costs, debt
discounts and prepayment premiums were recognized as a loss on extinguishment of debt in the Company’s unaudited condensed
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.
Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants
On November 9, 2020, we entered into an equity line agreement (the “Equity Line Agreement”) with Energy Capital,
LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“Energy Capital”), which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
and limitations set forth therein, Energy Capital is committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $12.0 million of shares of the
Company’s newly designated series B convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) at the Company’s request from
time to time during the 24-month term of the Equity Line Agreement. Under the Equity Line Agreement, beginning January 21,
2021, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including that we have less than $8 million of cash, cash equivalents and
other available credit (aside from availability under the Equity Line Agreement), we have the right, in our sole discretion, to
present Energy Capital with a purchase notice (each, a “Regular Purchase Notice”) directing Energy Capital (as principal) to
purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $1,000 per share (not to exceed $4.0 million worth of shares) once per
month, up to an aggregate of $12.0 million of our Series B Preferred Stock at a per share price (the “Purchase Price”) equal to
$1,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, with each share of Series B Preferred Stock initially convertible into common stock,
beginning six months after the date of its
108
Table of Contents
issuance, at a conversion price of $0.3951 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, including in the event of any
stock split. The Equity Line Agreement provides that we shall not affect any Regular Purchase under the Equity Line Agreement
on any date where the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE American is less than $0.25 without the approval of
Energy Capital. In addition, beginning on January 1, 2022, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, if the full $12.0
million of Series B Preferred Stock has not been sold pursuant to Regular Purchases, Energy Capital may, at its sole discretion, by
its delivery to us of a Purchase Notice, from time to time, purchase up to the amount then remaining available under the Equity
Line Agreement at the Purchase Price.
The Company accounted for the Equity Line Agreement as a put/call option. This put/call option is classified as a
liability in accordance with ASC 480 on the Company’s balance sheet and was recorded at the estimated fair value of $4.2 million
upon issuance. The put/call option is required to be remeasured to fair value at each reporting period with the change recorded in
change in fair value of derivatives that is a component of other income (expense). The fair value as of December 31, 2020 was
$16.3 million. In connection with the issuance of the Equity Line Agreement, the Company incurred $7.6 million in debt issuance
costs.
On August 9, 2020, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Masters, pursuant to which the
Company issued and sold to Masters 3,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at a price of $1,000.00 per share, on the Closing
Date. Masters also has the option to purchase up to an additional 27,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1,000.00
per share in a subsequent closing, subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement, as amended as set forth in
Note 18 – Subsequent Events. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is initially convertible into a number of shares of common
stock equal to $1,000 divided by the conversion price of $0.476 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments,
including in the event of any stock split. The Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior to the common stock. Upon a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, each share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive an amount per share equal
to the greater of the purchase price paid and the amount that the holder would have been entitled to receive at such time if the
Series A Preferred Stock were converted into common stock. The holders are also entitled to participate in dividends declared or
paid on the common stock on an as-converted basis. If we undergo a change of control, each holder has the right to cause us to
redeem any or all of the Series A Preferred Stock for cash consideration equal to the liquidation amount. The holders of Series A
Preferred Stock generally are entitled to vote with the holders of the shares of common stock on all matters submitted for a vote
of holders of shares of common stock (voting together with the holders of shares of common stock as one class) on an as-
converted basis. Additionally, certain matters will require the approval of the majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred
Stock, voting as a separate class, including (i) altering or changing adversely the powers, privileges, preferences or rights of the
Series A Preferred Stock, or (ii) amendments, modifications, repeal or waiver of any provision of the Company’s certificate of
incorporation, bylaws or of the certificate of designations that would adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or powers
of the Series A Preferred Stock.
The Series A Preferred Stock is contingently redeemable upon occurrence of a change of control event which is
considered outside the control of the Company, and therefore the Series A Preferred Stock has been classified in temporary equity
on the consolidated balance sheet. At each reporting period, the Company evaluates the probability of the Series A Preferred
Stock being redeemed. The Company’s policy is to recognize the difference in carrying value to redemption value once the
redemption becomes probable. As of December 31, 2020, the features that would require redemption (e.g., occurrence of a change
of control) was not deemed probable.
The Company accounted for the option to purchase up to an additional 27,000 shares of preferred stock as a freestanding
warrant instrument, as it is legally detachable and separately exercisable. This warrant is classified as a liability in accordance
with ASC 480 on the Company’s balance sheet and was recorded at the estimated fair value of $4.8 million upon issuance. The
warrant is required to be remeasured to fair value at each reporting period with the change recorded in change in fair value of
derivatives that is a component of other income (expense). The fair value as of December 31, 2020 was $23.5 million.
109
Table of Contents
Convertible Notes
PHC Notes
On August 9, 2020, the Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) with PHC,
as the purchaser (together with the other purchasers from time to time party thereto, the “Note Purchasers”) and Alter Domus
(US) LLC, as collateral agent. Pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company borrowed $35.0 million in aggregate
principal through the issuance and sale of PHC Notes on August 14, 2020 (the “Closing Date”). The Company also issued
2,941,176 shares of its common stock, $0.001 par value per share to PHC as a financing fee (the “Financing Fee Shares”) on the
Closing Date. The Financing Fee Shares are accounted for as debt discount in the amount of $1.5 million.
The PHC Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and will be guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the
Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Senseonics, Incorporated. Interest at the annual rate of 9.5% will be payable semi-annually
in cash or, at the Company’s option, payment in kind. In the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company elected payment in kind of
interest. The interest rate will decrease to 8.0% if the Company obtains approval for 180-day Eversense for marketing in the
United States, subject to certain conditions. The maturity date for the PHC Notes is October 31, 2024 (the “Maturity Date”),
provided that the Maturity Date will accelerate if the Company has not repaid the Company’s outstanding Second Lien Notes
(other than an aggregate principal amount of up to $1.0 million) by 91 days prior to the maturity of the Second Lien Notes. The
obligations under the PHC Notes are secured by substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiary’s assets.
The Note Purchasers are entitled to convert the PHC Notes to common stock at a conversion rate of 1,867.4136 shares
per $1,000 principal amount of the PHC Notes (including any interest added thereto as payment in kind), equivalent to a
conversion price of approximately $0.54 per share, subject to specified anti-dilution adjustments, including adjustments for the
Company’s issuance of equity securities on or prior to April 30, 2022 below the conversion price. In addition, following a notice
of redemption or certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity date, the Company will, in certain circumstances,
increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its PHC Notes in connection with such notice of redemption or
corporate event. In certain circumstances, the Company will be required to pay cash in lieu of delivering make whole shares
unless the Company obtains stockholder approval to issue such shares.
Subject to specified conditions, on or after October 31, 2022, the PHC Notes are redeemable by the Company if the
closing sale price of the common stock exceeds 275% of the conversion price for a specified period of time and subject to certain
conditions upon 10 days prior written notice at a cash redemption price equal to the then outstanding principal amount (including
any payment in kind interest which has been added to such amount), plus any accrued but unpaid interest. On or after October 31,
2023, the PHC Notes are redeemable by the Company upon 10 days prior written notice at a cash redemption price equal to the
then outstanding principal amount (including any payment in kind interest which has been added to such amount), plus any
accrued but unpaid interest, plus a call premium of 130% if redeemed at least six months prior to the Maturity Date or a call
premium of 125% if redeemed within six months of the Maturity Date.
The Note Purchase Agreement contains customary terms and covenants, including financial covenants, such as operating
within an approved budget and achieving minimum revenue and liquidity targets, and negative covenants, such as limitations on
indebtedness, liens, mergers, asset transfers, certain investing activities and other matters customarily restricted in such
agreements. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. The Note Purchase Agreement
also contains customary events of default, after which the PHC Notes be due and payable immediately, including defaults related
to payment compliance, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, covenant compliance, material adverse changes,
bankruptcy and insolvency proceedings, cross defaults to certain other agreements, judgments against the Company, change of
control or delisting events, termination of any guaranty, governmental approvals, and lien priority.
The Company also has the option to sell and issue PHC up to $15.0 million of convertible preferred stock on or before
December 31, 2022, contingent upon obtaining approval for the 180-day Eversense product for marketing in the United States
before such date. This purchased put option represents a freestanding financial instrument and is recognized as an asset in the
Company’s consolidated balance sheets at the fair value and subject to impairment testing
110
Table of Contents
in each reporting period prior to the options exercise or expiration. The Company acknowledges that while the purchased put
option is subject to impairment testing, there is no explicit guidance regarding how impairment should be assessed and measured
for the PHC purchased put option. As such, the measurement alternative in ASC 321 for equity securities without readily
determinable fair values can be applied by analogy to assess and measure impairment of the Purchased Put Option. The Company
developed an estimated fair value at December 31, 2020 to be $1.9 million, and an impairment loss of $2.3 million was
recognized in net income as the difference between the fair value of the investment and its carrying amount.
The Note Purchase Agreement also contained several provisions requiring bifurcation as a separate derivative liability
including an embedded conversion feature, mandatory prepayment upon event of default that constitutes a breach of the minimum
revenue financial covenant, optional redemption upon an event of default, change in interest rate after PMA approval and default
interest upon an event of default. The Company recorded the fair value of the embedded features in the amount of $25.8 million
as a derivative liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and
Hedging. The derivative is adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with the change in the fair value recorded in change in
fair value of derivatives that is a component of other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations
and comprehensive loss. The fair value of the derivative as of December 31, 2020 was $45.6 million.
In connection with the issuance of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company incurred $2.9 million in debt issuance
costs and debt discounts. The associated debt issuance costs are recorded as a contra liability in the amount of $1.4 million and
are deferred and amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the notes.
2025 Notes
In July 2019, the Company issued $82.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 2025 Notes. The 2025 Notes are
general, unsecured, senior subordinated obligations of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 5.25% per year, payable
semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2020. The 2025 Notes will mature on
January 15, 2025, unless earlier repurchased or converted.
The Company used $37.9 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes to repurchase $37.0 million
aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 2023 Notes, at a purchase price equal to the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
The 2025 Notes are convertible, at the option of the holders, into shares of the Company’s common stock, at an initial
conversion rate of 757.5758 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the 2025 Notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of
approximately $1.32 per share).
The Company may redeem for cash all or part of the 2025 Notes, at its option, if (1) the last reported sale price of the
Company’s common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or
not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on, and
including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption and (2) a
registration statement covering the resale of the shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of the 2025
Notes is effective and available for use and is expected to remain effective and available for use during the redemption period as
of the date of the redemption notice date. The redemption price will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes
to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.
If the Company undergoes a fundamental change, such as a merger, sale, greater than 50% ownership change,
liquidation, dissolution or delisting, holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their 2025
Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be repurchased, plus
accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. In addition, following a notice of
redemption or certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity date, the Company will, in certain circumstances, increase
the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its 2025 Notes in connection with
111
Table of Contents
such notice of redemption or corporate event. In certain circumstances, the Company will be required to pay cash in lieu of
delivering make whole shares unless the Company obtains stockholder approval to issue shares.
The 2025 Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Senseonics,
Incorporated, and may be guaranteed by certain future subsidiaries. The subsidiary guarantor is 100% owned, the guarantee is full
and unconditional and joint and several and the parent company has no independent assets or operations and any subsidiaries of
the parent company other than the subsidiary guarantor are minor.
In connection with the issuance of the 2025 Notes, the Company incurred $4.3 million in debt issuance costs and debt
discounts. Several note holders of the 2025 Notes were also note holders of the 2023 Notes, and as a result, these transactions
qualified as loan modifications. The associated debt issuance costs were allocated between the portion of 2025 Notes purchased
by new note holders, and of 2025 Notes purchased by existing 2023 Note holders. Loan modifications require third-party debt
related costs to be expensed immediately, whereas fees paid to lenders of the modified loans are deferred. The third-party costs
associated with the new note holders are also deferred as discounts that are amortized as additional interest expense over the term
of the notes. Of the $4.3 million, $3.3 million were expensed for loan modifications were recorded within other income (expense)
on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss and $1.0 million were deferred as discounts to the debt in
2019.
The 2025 Notes also contained an embedded conversion option requiring bifurcation as a separate derivative liability,
along with the fundamental change make-whole provision and the cash settled fundamental make-whole shares provision. The
Company recorded the fair value of the embedded features in the amount of $38.3 million as a debt discount and derivative
liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The
derivative is adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with the change in the fair value recorded to other income (expense)
in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.
Based upon recent trading prices (Level 2-market approach) and other observable inputs, including the Company’s
common stock, implied volatility and risky (bond) rate, the fair value of the Company’s 2025 Notes, excluding the embedded
features, was $29.0 million as of December 31, 2020.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, there were conversions of $0.3 million of outstanding principal
amount of the 2025 Notes for 227,271 shares of common stock.
2023 Notes
In January 2018, the Company issued $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2023 Notes. In February 2018,
the Company issued an additional $3.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2023 Notes, pursuant to the partial exercise of
the overallotment option by the underwriter. The 2023 Notes are general, unsecured, senior subordinated obligations and bear
interest at a rate of 5.25% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year. The net proceeds
from the issuance of the 2023 Notes, after deducting transaction costs, were $50.7 million. The 2023 Notes are general,
unsecured, senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The Company pays interest semiannually in arrears on February 1
and August 1 of each year, beginning on August 1, 2018. In July 2019, the Company used the net proceeds from the issuance of
the 2025 Notes to repurchase $37.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2023 Notes. As the 2023 Notes have a
maturity date of February 1, 2023, they are classified as a long-term liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at
December 31, 2020.
Each $1,000 of principal of the 2023 Notes is initially convertible into 294.1176 shares of the Company’s common
stock, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $3.40 per share, subject to adjustment upon the
occurrence of specified events. Holders may convert at any time prior to February 1, 2023. Holders who convert on or after the
date that is six months after the last date of original issuance of the 2023 Notes but prior to February 1, 2021, may also be entitled
to receive, under certain circumstances, an interest make-whole payment payable in shares of common stock. If specific corporate
events occur prior to the maturity date, the Company would increase the conversion rate pursuant to the make-whole fundamental
change provision for a holder who elects to convert their 2023 Notes in connection with such an event in certain circumstances.
Additionally, if a fundamental change occurs prior to the maturity date, holders of the 2023 Notes may require the Company to
repurchase all or a portion of their 2023 Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus any
accrued and unpaid interest.
112
Table of Contents
The Company bifurcated the embedded conversion option, along with the interest make-whole provision and make-
whole fundamental change provision, and in January 2018 recorded the embedded features as a debt discount and derivative
liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at its initial fair value of $17.3 million. Additionally, the Company
incurred transaction costs of $2.2 million. The debt discount and transaction costs are being amortized to interest expense over the
term of the 2023 Notes at an effective interest rate of 9.30%. The derivative is adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with
the change in the fair value recorded to other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and
comprehensive loss.
The 2023 Notes do not have current observable inputs such as recent trading prices (Level 3) and are measured at fair
value using the binomial option pricing model and incorporate management’s assumptions for probabilities of conversion
occurrence through maturity, stock price, volatility and risky (bond) rate. The fair value of the Company’s 2023 Notes, excluding
the embedded features, was $12.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and $11.8 million at December 31, 2019.
There were no conversions of 2023 Notes in the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.
The following carrying amounts are outstanding under the Company’s notes payable as of December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
2023 Notes
2025 Notes
PHC Notes
PPP Loan
Solar Term Loan
2023 Notes
2025 Notes
Principal ($)
Debt Discount ($)
Issuance Costs
($)
Carrying Amount
($)
December 31, 2020
15,700
57,700
36,312
5,763
(2,755)
(28,276)
(22,237)
-
-
(431)
(1,359)
-
December 31, 2019
12,945
28,993
12,716
5,763
Principal ($)
Debt Discount ($)
Issuance Costs
($)
Carrying Amount
($)
45,000
15,700
82,000
(1,466)
(3,900)
(46,482)
(100)
-
(708)
43,434
11,800
34,810
Interest expense related to the notes payable for the periods presented below is as follows (in thousands):
Effective Interest
Rate
Interest ($)
8.98%
5.25%
5.25%
13.00%
8.25%
9.50%
1.00%
1,001
824
3,481
627
288
1,312
31
7,564
December 31, 2020
Debt Discount
and Fees ($)
301
1,145
5,026
29
786
1,141
5
8,433
Issuance Costs ($)
-
-
77
49
11
70
5
212
Loss on
Extinguishment of
Debt ($)
4,546
-
158
689
15,719
-
-
21,112
Effective Interest
Rate
Interest ($)
8.98%
7.37%
5.25%
5.25%
1,759
900
2,130
2,034
6,823
December 31, 2019
Debt Discount
and Fees ($)
60
56
2,500
2,360
4,976
Issuance Costs ($)
-
-
-
-
-
Loss on
Extinguishment of
Debt ($)
-
-
398
-
398
Total Interest
Expense ($)
5,848
1,969
8,742
1,394
16,804
2,523
41
37,321
Total Interest
Expense ($)
1,819
956
5,028
4,394
12,197
Solar Term Loan
2023 Notes
2025 Notes
First Lien Notes
Second Lien Notes
PHC Notes
PPP Loan
Total
Solar Term Loan
Oxford
2023 Notes
2025 Notes
Total
113
Table of Contents
The following are the scheduled maturities of our outstanding debt, including the 2025 Notes, PHC Notes, 2023 Notes
and PPP Loan as of December 31, 2020:
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total
11. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
$
3,202
2,561
15,700
36,312
57,700
$ 115,475
In connection with our acquisition of Senseonics, Incorporated in December 2015 (the “Acquisition”), (i) all outstanding
shares of common stock of Senseonics, $0.01 par value per share, were exchanged for 1,955,929 shares of the Company's
common stock, $0.001 par value per share (reflecting an exchange ratio of 2.0975), (ii) all outstanding shares of preferred stock
were converted into shares of common stock of Senseonics, and exchanged into 55,301,674 shares of the Company’s common
stock, $0.001 par value per share, and (iii) all outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock of
Senseonics were exchanged for or replaced with options and warrants to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock using
the same exchange ratio.
Common Stock
As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company’s authorized capital stock included 900,000,000 and
450,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, respectively. The Company had 265,582,688 and 203,452,812
shares of common stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s authorized capital stock included 5,000,000 shares of undesignated
preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, respectively. The Company had 3,000 shares of preferred stock outstanding as of
December 31, 2020. No shares of preferred stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2019.
Stock Purchase Warrants
The Company also issued the Energy Capital Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s
common stock with an exercise price of $0.40 per share. The Energy Capital Warrants are exercisable until November 9, 2030.
The warrants were recorded within equity based on their fair value of $3.4 million.
The Company issued the Highbridge Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,500,000 shares of the Company’s common
stock with an exercise price of $0.66 per share. The Highbridge Warrants are exercisable until April 24, 2023. The proceeds from
the Highbridge Notes were allocated between the debt and the Highbridge Warrants based on their fair value, and $1.3 million
was recorded for the warrants within equity.
In connection with the issuance of the Oxford/SVB Notes, the Company issued to the Lenders 10-year stock purchase
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 116,581, 63,025 and 80,645 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.86, $2.38 and
$1.86 per share, respectively. The cumulative fair value of the warrants, which the Company estimated to be $0.5 million,
resulted in a discount to the Oxford/SVB Notes. These warrants expire on June 30, 2026, November 22, 2026, and March 29,
2027, respectively, and are classified in equity.
114
Table of Contents
12. Stock-Based Compensation
2015 Plan
In December 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), under which incentive stock
options and non-qualified stock options may be granted to the Company’s employees and certain other persons in accordance
with the 2015 Plan provisions. In February 2016, the Company’s board of directors adopted and the Company’s stockholders
approved an Amended and Restated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “amended and restated 2015 Plan”), which became effective
on February 20, 2016. The Company’s board of directors may terminate the amended and restated 2015 Plan at any time. Options
granted under the amended and restated 2015 Plan expire ten years after the date of grant.
Pursuant to the amended and restated 2015 Plan, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for
issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on January 1, 2026, by
3.5% of the total number of shares of its common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser
number of shares as may be determined by its board of directors. As of December 31, 2020, 3,074,030 shares remained available
for grant under the amended and restated 2015 Plan. Effective January 1, 2021, by virtue of the automatic increase described
above, the total number of shares remaining available for grant under the amended and restated 2015 Plan was increased to
12,369,424 shares.
Inducement Plan
On May 30, 2019, the Company adopted the Senseonics Holdings, Inc. Inducement Plan(the “Inducement Plan”),
pursuant to which the Company reserved 1,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance. The only persons
eligible to receive grants of awards under the Inducement Plan are individuals who satisfy the standards for inducement grants in
accordance with NYSE American Company Guide Section 711(a), including individuals who were not previously an employee or
director of the Company, or following a bona fide period of non-employment, as an inducement material to such persons entering
into employment with the Company. An “Award” is any right to receive the Company’s common stock pursuant to the
Inducement Plan, consisting of non-statutory options, restricted stock unit awards and other equity incentive awards. As of
December 31, 2020, 1,414,458 shares remained available for grant under the Inducement Plan.
2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In February 2016, the Company adopted the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, (the “2016 ESPP”). The 2016 ESPP
became effective on March 17, 2016. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2016 ESPP
was initially 800,000 shares and will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending
on and including January 1, 2026, by 1.0% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31 of the
preceding calendar year; provided, however, the Board of Directors may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide
that there will be no January 1 increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such
calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of common stock. At December 31, 2020 there were 6,171,581 shares of common
stock available for issuance under the 2016 ESPP.
The 2016 ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of
up to 15% of their earnings. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the
lower of the fair market value of common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase. Participants may end
their participation at any time. The Company initiated its first 2016 ESPP offering period on August 1, 2019. On February 1,
2021, there were 118,588 shares purchased in connection with the offering period. The 2016 ESPP is considered compensatory
for financial reporting purposes.
1997 Plan
On May 8, 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “1997 Plan”), under which incentive stock
options, non-qualified stock options, and restricted stock awards may be granted to the Company’s employees and
115
Table of Contents
certain other persons in accordance with the 1997 Plan provisions. Approximately 3,072,411 shares of the Company’s common
stock underlying options have vested under the 1997 Plan. Upon the effectiveness of the 2015 Plan, the Company no longer
grants any awards under the 1997 Plan.
The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, such as
stock options, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant. The estimated fair value of stock options on the date of
grant is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award for
those awards with service conditions only. For awards that also contain performance conditions, expense is recognized beginning
at the time the performance condition is considered probable of being met over the remaining vesting period.
Stock option activity under the Plans during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
Number of
Shares in
(in thousands)
21,458
9,294
$
$
(88) $
(6,446) $
24,218
469
$
(201) $
(8,711) $
15,775
1.61
2.54
1.26
2.48
2.16
0.54
0.53
1.95
6.64
6.51
6.10
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/forfeited
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2019
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/forfeited
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2020
Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2020
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2020
15,775
12,222
$
$
2.27
2.19
The weighted average grant-date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $0.33 $1.60, and
$1.91 per share, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and 2018, 201,447, 87,591, and 1,438,671 options were exercised,
respectively, with an aggregate intrinsic value at the time of exercise of $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $3.7 million, respectively.
The total fair value of options that vested during 2020 and 2019 were approximately $5.8 million and $8.2 million,
respectively.
The aggregate intrinsic value of the options currently exercisable at December 31, 2020 was $0.7 million. The aggregate
intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020 was $0.8 million, which approximated the aggregate intrinsic
value of options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2020.
The weighted average grant date fair value of the unvested stock option awards outstanding at December 31, 2020 and
2019 was $1.59 and $1.64 per share, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of the stock option awards vested,
exercised and forfeited/cancelled for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $1.58, $0.33 and $1.61 per share, respectively
116
Table of Contents
Fair value is estimated at each grant date under the plans using the Black-Scholes Model with assumptions summarized
in the following table:
2020
For the year ended December 31,
2019
2018
Expected term of options
(in years)
Expected volatility rate
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
6.5
66.50 -67.41 %
0.41 -1.80 %
%
0
6.5
64.49 -67.16 %
1.60 -2.64 %
%
0
6.5
63.52 -66.95 %
2.45 -3.08 %
%
0
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed U.S. treasury yields for a period consistent with the
expected term of the Company’s employee stock options. The expected term is the period of time for which the stock-based
options are expected to be outstanding. The expected life is determined using the “simplified method” which is defined as the
mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company does not pay a dividend, and is not
expected to pay a dividend in the foreseeable future.
The Company utilizes comparable public companies’ volatility rates as a proxy of its expected volatility for purposes of
the Black-Scholes Model. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded monthly and is adjusted periodically for actual
forfeitures as they occur.
Employee stock-based compensation expense for employee granted stock options was $7.3 million, $8.1 million, and
$6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and 2018, respectively, classified as follows (in thousands):
Cost of sales
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation
December 31,
2019
2020
$
67
$
1,908
1,478
2018
—
153
3,001 $ 1,685
1,364
1,600
3,801
$ 7,254
3,298
$ 8,052
3,326
$ 6,375
As of December 31, 2020, there was $11.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested
employee stock option awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.02 years.
Restricted Stock Units
The Company issued 462,308 and 142,600 restricted stock units in lieu of cash payment for board and director fees to
members of the Board of Directors during 2020 and 2019, respectively. These restricted stock units were immediately vested
upon issuance. The Company also issued 17,455,264 restricted stock units to members of the Board of Directors as equity
compensation under the Company’s non-employee director compensation policy and to employees of the Company during 2020
as incentive compensation. Of the restricted stock units granted in 2020, 3,893,278 were granted in December and are subject to
performance-based vesting, and are expected to vest in two equal installments upon approval of the U.S. 180-day product and,
assuming the prior approval of the 180-day product, November 2021. Additionally, in October 2020, the Company granted
273,077 restricted stock units to a new board member, which award will fully vest in October 2021. The remaining 13,288,909
restricted stock units were granted between May and July and vest in eight equal installments beginning with an initial accelerated
vesting tranche in the month following the grant, followed by seven vesting dates every six months. There were no restricted
stock units granted in 2018 or 2019 other than the issuance in lieu of cash to members of the Board of Directors in respect of
director fees. The weighted average share price on the date of grant of restricted stock unit awards was $0.43 and $1.72 for the
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
117
Table of Contents
Stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards was $2.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million for
the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
13. Income Taxes
No provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been recorded as the Company has incurred net operating losses
since inception and provides a full valuation allowance against its net deferred income tax assets. The tax effect of temporary
differences that give rise to the net deferred income tax asset at December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows (in thousands):
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities )
Deferred Tax Assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
Capitalized start-up costs
R&E credit carryforwards
Stock-based compensation
Change in fair value of derivative liability
Other
Total deferred tax asset
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
ROU amortization
Amortization of debt discount
Total deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax assets
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
$
115,531 $
8,477
10,208
4,056
9,222
1,096
148,590
(136,031)
12,559
$
94,630
9,353
9,405
2,978
5,916
2,495
124,777
(113,169)
11,608
(477)
(12,082)
(12,559)
— $
(637)
(10,971)
(11,608)
—
The net change in valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was a net increase of $22.8
million and a net increase of $24.0 million, respectively.
The increase in valuation allowance is primarily due to net losses incurred and changes in the fair value of derivatives in
2020. This increase in valuation allowance is based on management's assessment that it is more likely than not that the Company
will not realize these deferred tax assets. Capitalized start-up costs represent expenses incurred in the organization and start-up of
the Company. For U.S. federal and state tax purposes, start-up and organizational costs incurred before October 22, 2004 will be
amortized over sixty months and those incurred on and after October 22, 2004 will be amortized over one hundred and eighty
months beginning in the current year. At December 31, 2020, the Company had NOL carryforwards of $515.24 million and had
research and experimental credit carryforwards of $12.76 million. Research and experimental credit carryforwards will expire in
varying amounts between 2021 and 2040. NOL carryforwards in the amount of $198.7 million will expire in varying amounts
between 2021 and 2037. NOL carryforwards incurred in tax years 2018 and forward have an indefinite carryforward period.
Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may result in a
limitation on the amount of NOL carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards which can be available in
future years. No income tax benefit was recognized in the Company’s Statement of Operations for stock-based compensation
arrangements due to the Company’s net loss position.
118
Table of Contents
A reconciliation of the Company’s estimated U.S. federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for
the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:
Tax at U.S. Federal Statutory rate
State taxes, net
Research and development credit
Tax reform
State tax rates changes
Debt Transactions
Other non-deductible items
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance
Effective income tax rate
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
21.00 %
1.57
1.32
—
(2.17)
—
(0.91)
(20.81)
0.00 %
2020
21.00 %
2.32
0.46
—
(0.85)
(11.15)
(0.44)
(11.34)
0.00 %
2018
21.00 %
2.27
1.27
—
(10.64)
—
(0.39)
(13.51)
0.00 %
Deferred income taxes reflect temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax reporting and
financial statement purposes. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are adjusted for changes in tax laws or tax rates of the various tax
jurisdictions as of the enacted date. The federal tax rate remained unchanged at 21% for the 2020 tax year. The change in state tax
rate from 2018 to 2019, and 2019 to 2020, respectively, is primarily due to changes in applicable state apportionment factors and
additional jurisdictions.
A breakdown of the Company’s uncertain tax position during 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows (in thousands):
Gross unrecognized tax benefit at beginning of year
Increase from tax positions taken in prior years
Increase from tax positions in current year
Lapse of statute of limitations / expiration
Gross unrecognized tax benefit at end of year
2020 2019 2018
$ 2,351
$ 1,670
$ 1,969
— — —
323
(24)
$ 1,969
201
—
$ 2,552
396
(14)
$ 2,351
The Company did not incur any penalties or interest payable to taxing authorities in 2020, 2019 and 2018.
The Company’s U.S. Federal and state income tax returns from 2000 to 2019 remain subject to examination by the tax
authorities. The Company’s prior tax years remain open for examination, even though the statute of limitations has expired, due to
the net operating losses and credits carried forward for use in prospective years.
14. Related Party Transactions
Roche Holding A.G, through its ownership interests in Roche Finance Ltd, has a noncontrolling ownership interest in the
Company. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, revenues from Roche were $3.6 million, $16.4 million and
$16.2 million, respectively, and amounts due from them were $2.4 million, $7.1 million and $6.3 million, respectively. At
December 31, 2020, the Company had estimated replacement obligations under warranties in the amounts of $0.4 million.
Ascensia Diabetes Care Holdings AG, through the ownership interests of its parent company, PHC, has a noncontrolling
ownership interest in the Company. Ascensia also has representation on the Company’s board of directors. For the years ended
December 31, 2020 revenues from Ascensia and amounts due from them were immaterial.
15. Fair Value Measurements
The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities
that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The Company defines fair value as
the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
119
Table of Contents
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and
liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in
which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use to
price the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Fair value is
estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases
the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value
measurement:
●
●
●
Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices
for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated
by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 - Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
The fair value of money market funds and other investments classified as cash and cash equivalents are based on period-
end statements supplied by the various banks and brokers that hold the majority of the funds. The valuation technique used to
measure the fair value of the Company’s debt instruments is based on the binomial option pricing model and incorporate
management’s assumptions for probabilities of conversion occurrence through maturity, stock price, volatility, risky bond rate,
and trade data when available.
The following table represents the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair
value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
Assets
Money market funds⁽¹⁾
PHC Option
Liabilities
Energy Capital Option
Masters Option
Embedded features of the 2023 Notes
Embedded features of the PHC Notes
Embedded features of the 2025 Notes
Assets
Money market funds⁽¹⁾
Commercial paper⁽¹⁾
Corporate bonds
Liabilities
Embedded features of the 2023 Notes
Embedded features of the 2025 Notes
December 31, 2020
Total
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
$
$
$
$
3
1,886
16,255
23,479
622
45,647
15,850
$
3
—
— $
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
1,886
— $ 16,255
23,479
—
622
—
45,647
—
—
15,850
December 31, 2019
Total
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
$ 37,769
13,870
6,256
$ 37,769
—
—
$
— $ —
—
—
13,870
6,256
$
664
25,543
$
— $
—
— $
25,543
664
—
120
Table of Contents
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of items measured at fair value on a
recurring basis that used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):
December 31, 2019
Initial fair value of Instruments
Loss on fair value adjustment
Loss on fair value and change in derivative
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Financial asset impairment cost
December 31, 2020
Level 3
Instruments
664
30,756
30,721
21,333
(1,696)
2,339
84,117
$
$
The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of the embedded features of the Notes include the following significant
unobservable inputs:
Unobservable Inputs
Risky (bond) rate
Stock price volatility
Probabilities of conversion
provisions
Time period until maturity (yrs)
Dividend yield
PHC Notes
2023 Notes
Assumptions Assumptions
35.0 %
50 %
20.0 %
70 %
5.0% - 85.0 % 5.0% - 75.0 %
0.50 - 2.09
0.50 - 3.83
— %
— %
Significant changes to these assumptions would result in increases/decreases to the fair value of the liability.
The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classification on a quarterly basis. Changes in the ability to observe
valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. The
Company’s policy is to recognize transfers into and out of levels within the fair value hierarchy at the end of the fiscal quarter in
which the actual event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer occurs. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level
2, or Level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. When a determination is made to classify an asset or liability
within Level 3, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement.
121
Table of Contents
16. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Quarterly financial information for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 is presented in the following table (in thousands, except
per share data):
2020:
Revenue, net, primarily from a related party
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Operating loss
Net loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share (1)
2019:
Revenue, net, primarily from a related party
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Operating loss
Net loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share (1)
March 31
June 30
September 30 December 31
For the Quarter Ended
$
36
$ (19,634)
$
24,197
$ (43,831)
$ (42,593)
(0.21)
$
261
$
(1,143)
$
$
11,383
$ (12,526)
(7,515)
$
(0.03)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
767
835
13,303
(12,468)
(23,428)
(0.10)
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,885
2,576
12,882
(10,306)
(101,632)
(0.41)
4,607 $
3,423 $
$
$
(4,553)
$
(3,310)
$
$
$
$
30,100
26,458
$
$ (34,653)
$ (29,768)
$
$ (31,074)
$ (29,365)
$
(0.17)
$
(0.17)
$
4,319 $
$
(3,340)
$
28,024
$
(31,364)
$
(19,499)
$
(0.10)
8,953
(8,244)
26,632
(34,877)
(35,611)
(0.18)
(1) Net loss per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly per-share calculations will not
necessarily equal the annual per share calculation.
17. Litigation
From time to time, the Company is subject to litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The
Company accrues for litigation and claims when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be
reasonably estimated. The Company has evaluated claims in accordance with the accounting guidance for contingencies that it
deems both probable and reasonably estimable, and for the period ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 has no such contingencies.
18. Subsequent Events
Series A Preferred Stock
In January 2021, the Company completed a series of closings of its previously announced private placement of Series A
Preferred Stock, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) dated August 9, 2020 by and among the
Company and Masters Special Situations, LLC, Marlin Fund, Limited Partnership and Marlin Fund II, Limited Partnership
(collectively, the “Masters Purchasers”). In total, including the initial closing, the Company sold an aggregate of $25.8 million of
Series A Preferred Stock to the Masters Purchasers and certain of their assignees. By virtue of the subsequent closings, pursuant
to the previously announced Investor Rights Agreement dated July 9, 2020, Masters Special Situations, LLC has retained its right
to designate one director for election to the Company’s board of directors at the Company’s 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders.
Registered Direct Offering
On January 17, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with
certain institutional purchasers (the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which the Company sold to the Purchasers, in a registered direct
offering (the “Registered Direct Offering”), an aggregate of 40,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.001 par value
per share. The Shares were sold at a purchase price of $1.25 per share for aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $50
million, before deducting fees to the placement agent and other estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Shares
were offered and sold by the Company pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3, which was originally
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
122
Table of Contents
November 27, 2019. The net proceeds to the Company from the Registered Direct Offering, after deducting fees and expenses
and the estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, are approximately $46 million.
Public Offering
On January 21, 2021 the Company entered into an underwriting agreement, which was subsequently amended and
restated on the same day (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC, as representative of the
underwriters (the “Underwriters”), to issue and sell 51,948,052 shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering
pursuant to effective registration statements on Form S-3, including a related prospectus and prospectus supplement, in each case
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the“Offering”). The price to the public in the Offering was $1.925 per share
of common stock. The Underwriters agreed to purchase the shares from the Company pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement at
a price of $1.799875 per share and the Company also agreed to reimburse them for customary fees and expenses. The initial
closing of the Offering occurred on January 26, 2021. Subsequent to the initial closing, the Underwriters exercised their option to
purchase an additional 7,792,207 shares of Common Stock. The total net proceeds from the Offering were approximately $106.1
million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
123
Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer, who is our
principal executive officer, and our chief financial officer, who is our principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of
the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020, the end of the period covered by this Annual
Report. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as set forth in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to
provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under
the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Disclosure controls and procedures include, without
limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it
files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal
executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management
recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of
achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible
controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020, our chief
executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective
at the reasonable assurance level.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required
by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. As we are no longer
an emerging growth company and adapted our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(a) of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we did not identify any material weakness in our internal control over financing reporting at December
31, 2020.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting
Firm
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the
framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under this framework, our management concluded that our internal control over
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.
As a “smaller reporting company” and a “non-accelerated filer,” we are exempt from the auditor attestation requirements
of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a result, Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting
firm, has not audited or issued an attestation report with respect to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2020.
124
Table of Contents
Item 9B. Other Information
On March 3, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted an amendment to the Company’s Amended and
Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaw Amendment”), to add a new Section 47, which provides that, unless the Company consents in
writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United
States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
125
Table of Contents
PART III
We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or the 2021 Proxy Statement,
with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain
information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 2021
Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2021 Proxy Statement
under the captions “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance,” “Election of Directors,”
“Information about our Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2021 Proxy Statement
under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Non-Employee Director Compensation.”
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2021 Proxy Statement
under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance
under Equity Compensation Plans.”
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.
The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2021 Proxy Statement
under the captions “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Independence of the Board of Directors.”
126
Table of Contents
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2021 Proxy Statement
under the caption “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)(1) Financial Statements.
The response to this portion of Item 15 is set forth under Part II, Item 8 above.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules.
All financial schedules have been omitted because the required information is either presented in the consolidated
financial statements or the notes thereto or is not applicable or required.
(a)(3) Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed on March 23, 2016).
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed on March 23, 2016).
3.3 Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 2018
(File No. 001-37717) filed on August 8, 2018).
3.4 Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed
on August 18, 2020).
3.5 Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed on October 26,
2020).
3.6 Form of Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed
on November 9, 2020).
3.7 Bylaw Amendment
4.1 Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated as of December 7,
2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-
198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
4.2 Base Indenture, dated January 30, 2018, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed
on January 30, 2018).
4.3 First Supplemental Indenture, dated January 30, 2018, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association,
as Trustee (including the form of 5.25% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2023) (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed on January 30, 2018).
4.4 Second Supplemental Indenture, dated July 25, 2019, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association,
as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-
37717) filed on July 27, 2019).
127
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
4.5 Indenture, dated July 25, 2019, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed on July 29,
2019).
4.6 Form of Note representing the Company’s 5.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717), filed with the Commission on
July 29, 2019).
4.7 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2020, by and between the Registrant and PHC Holding
Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Current Report
on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717), filed with the Commission on August 31, 2020).
4.8 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2020, by and between the Registrant and certain purchasers
named therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717), filed with the Commission on August 31, 2020).
4.9 Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2020, by and between the Registrant and PHC Holding
Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Current Report
on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717), filed with the Commission on August 31, 2020).
4.10 Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2020, by and between the Registrant and PHC Holding
Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Current Report
on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717), filed with the Commission on August 31, 2020).
4.11 Description of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37717) filed on March 16, 2020).
10.1 Lease Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2008, by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Seneca Meadows
Corporate Center III Limited Partnership, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease, dated as of September 25,
2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-
198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.1.1 Second Amendment to Lease, by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Seneca Meadows Corporate Center III
L.L.L.P., dated as of January 21, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-208984) filed on February 17, 2016).
10.2+ Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan of Senseonics, Incorporated, as amended to date (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on
December 10, 2015).
10.3+ Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under Senseonics, Incorporated Amended and Restated 1997 Stock
Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File
No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.4+ Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under Senseonics, Incorporated Amended and Restated 1997 Stock
Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File
No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.5+ 2015 Equity Incentive Plan of Senseonics, Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.5.1+ Amended and Restated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-210586) filed on April 4, 2016).
10.6+ Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on
December 10, 2015).
10.7+ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2015 Equity
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File
No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.8+ Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and executive officers (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on
December 10, 2015).
128
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
10.9+ Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Timothy
T. Goodnow, dated as of July 24, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.10+ Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Mukul
Jain, dated as of July 30, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.11+ Executive Employment Agreement by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Mirasol Panlilio, dated as of
August 10, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File
No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.12 Form of Secured Promissory Note issued to Oxford Finance LLC by Senseonics, Incorporated, dated as of July 31,
2014 and December 23, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.13 Form of Secured Promissory Note issued to Oxford Finance LLC by Senseonics, Incorporated, dated as of
December 7, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File
No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.14 Form of Replacement Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Oxford Finance LLC by Senseonics,
Incorporated, dated as of December 7, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
10.15 Form of Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock issued by Senseonics, Incorporated in bridge loan financings
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-198168)
filed on December 10, 2015).
10.16+ Form of 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-210586) filed on April 4, 2016).
10.17+ Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on March 15, 2019).
10.18 Letter Agreement, by and among the Registrant, Senseonics, Incorporated and Stephen P. DeFalco, dated June 20,
2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-
37717) filed on June 21, 2016).
10.19 Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement, by and between the Registrant and
Stephen P. DeFalco, dated June 20, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed on June 21, 2016).
10.20 Form of Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by the Registrant to Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, dated
as of June 30, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
(File No. 001-37717) filed on August 9, 2016).
10.21 Open Market Sales Agreement, dated November 27, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Jefferies LLC
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717)
filed on November 27, 2019).
10.22 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2019, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary and Jefferies
LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
001-37717), filed with the Commission on July 29, 2019).
10.23+ Executive Employment Agreement, by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Francine Kaufman, effective as of
May 4, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
(File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on May 9, 2019).
10.24# Senseonics Holdings, Inc. Inducement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717), filed with the Commission on June 5, 2019).
10.25+ Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the Senseonics Holdings,
Inc. Inducement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form
8-K (File No. 001-37717), filed with the Commission on June 5, 2019).
10.26+* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Senseonics, Incorporated and Nick B. Tressler,
effective as of November 12, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0101-37717) filed with the Commission on March 16, 2020).
129
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
10.27 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2020, by and between the Company and Highbridge Tactical
Credit Master Fund, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on April 28, 2020).
10.28 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2020, by and between the Company and Highbridge Tactical
Credit Master Fund, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on April 28, 2020).
10.29 Loan and Security Agreement among Wilmington Savings Fund Society, SCB as collateral agent, Highbridge
Tactical Credit Master Fund, L.P., the Company and the Subsidiary, dated as of April 21, 2020 (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-
37717) filed with the Commission on April 28, 2020).
10.30 Note Purchase and Exchange Agreement among Wilmington Savings Fund Society, SCB, as collateral agent,
Highbridge Tactical Credit Master Fund, L.P., the Company and the Subsidiary, dated as of April 21, 2020
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form
10-K (File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on April 28, 2020).
10.31 Form of Note representing the Registrant’s Secured Promissory Second Lien Notes (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-
37717) filed with the Commission on April 28, 2020).
10.32 Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Highbridge Tactical Credit Master Fund, L.P. (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No.
001-37717) filed with the Commission on April 28, 2020).
10.33 Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2020, by and between the Registrant and PHC Holding
Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on August 31, 2020).
10.34 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2020, by and between the Registrant and certain purchasers named
therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on August 31, 2020).
10.35 Equity Line Agreement by and between the Company and Energy Capital, LLC dated as of November 9, 2020
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-
37717) filed with the Commission on November 9, 2020).
10.36 Warrant to purchase common stock of the Company by and between the Company and Energy Capital, LLC, dated
as of November 9, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K (File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on November 9, 2020).
10.37 Side Letter Agreement by and between the Company and certain purchasers named therein, dated as of November 9,
2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
001-37717) filed with the Commission on November 9, 2020).
10.38# Collaboration and Commercialization Agreement, by and between the Subsidiary and Ascensia Diabetes Care
Holdings AG, dated as of August 9, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on November 9, 2020).
10.39 Form of Securities Purchase Agreement by and between the Company and certain purchases named therein, dated as
of January 17, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K (File No. 001-37717) filed with the Commission on January 19, 2021).
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
8-K (File No. 333-198168) filed on December 10, 2015).
23.1* Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
31.1* Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2* Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
130
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
32.1* † Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a- 14(b) and 15d-
14(b) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS* XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
*
†
+
#
Filed herewith.
These certifications are being furnished herewith solely to accompany this Annual Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and are not to
be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Registrant, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any
general incorporation language in such filing.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
Certain portions of this exhibit, indicated by asterisks, have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K
because they are not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
Not applicable.
131
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:
/s/ Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.
Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 5, 2021
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D., and Nick B. Tressler, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact
and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities, to sign this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Senseonics Holdings, Inc., and any or all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by
the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
/s/ TIMOTHY T. GOODNOW, PH.D.
Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date
March 5, 2021
March 5, 2021
/s/ NICK B. TRESSLER
Nick Tressler
/s/ STEPHEN P. DEFALCO
Stephen P. DeFalco
/s/ STEVEN EDELMAN, M.D.
Steven Edelman, M.D.
/s/ EDWARD J. FIORENTINO
Edward J. Fiorentino
/s/ PETER JUSTIN KLEIN, M.D., J.D.
Peter Justin Klein, M.D., J.D.
/s/ DOUGLAS PRINCE
Douglas Prince
/s/ DOUGLAS ROEDER
Douglas Roeder
/s/ FRANCINE KAUFMAN, M.D.
Francine Kaufman, M.D.
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
Chairman of the Board of Directors
March 5, 2021
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
March 5, 2021
March 5, 2021
March 5, 2021
March 5, 2021
March 5, 2021
Director and Chief Medical Officer
March 5, 2021
132
Table of Contents
/s/ ROBERT SCHUMM
Robert Schumm
/s/ANTHONY RAAB
Anthony Raab
Director
Director
March 5, 2021
March 5, 2021
133
Exhibit 3.7
AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS OF SENSEONICS HOLDINGS, INC.
The Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of Senseonics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), are hereby amended as follows:
A new Article XV, Section 47 is hereby added to the Bylaws, which shall read in its entirety as follows:
“ARTICLE XV
GENERAL MATTERS
SECTION 47. EXCLUSIVE FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN ACTIONS.
(a) Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any
complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(b) Any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the corporation shall be
deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XV, Section 47.”
245018233 v1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1) Registration statement (Form S-8 No. 333-210586) pertaining to the equity incentive plans and
employee stock purchase plan of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.,
(2) Registration statement (Form S-8 No. 333-224827) pertaining to the equity incentive plans and
employee stock purchase plan of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.,
(3) Registration statement (Form S-8 No. 333-231334) pertaining to the equity incentive plans and
employee stock purchase plan of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.,
(4) Registration statement (Form S-8 No. 333-232486) pertaining to the inducement plan of Senseonics
Holdings, Inc.,
(5) Registration statement (Form S-3 No. 333-233656) of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.,
(6) Registration statement (Form S-3 No. 333-235297) of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.,
(7) Registration statement (Form S-3 No. 333-237937) of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.,
(8) Registration statement (Form S-3 No. 333-248659) of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. and
(9) Registration statement (Form S-3 No. 333-252939) of Senseonics Holdings, Inc.,
of our report dated March 5, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Senseonics
Holdings, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 2020.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Tysons, VA
March 5, 2021
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D., certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. (the “registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 5, 2021
/s/ TIMOTHY T. GOODNOW, PH.D.
Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.
President & Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Nick Tressler, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. (the “registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 5, 2021
/s/ NICK B. TRESSLER
Nick Tressler
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
CERTIFICATIONS OF
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
EXHIBIT 32.1
Pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350), Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.,
Chief Executive Officer of Senseonics Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), and Nick Tressler, Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:
1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Annual Report”), to which
this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, and
2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the
Company as of the end of the period covered by the Annual Report and results of operations of the Company for the
periods covered by the Annual Report.
In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 5th day of March, 2021.
/s/ TIMOTHY T. GOODNOW, PH.D.
/s/ NICK B. TRESSLER
Timothy T. Goodnow, Ph.D.
President & Chief Executive Officer
Nick Tressler
Chief Financial Officer
*
This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K),
irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.